DRUM TRIGGER MODULE

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE
Version 2.0
2 TR 1 TR
AL MB CY

GE PA

C. MIS

GE PA RASE
E IN MA

IN MA

B

A

SS BAP TR

M YTH RHAT TR
P

K KIC

UM DR IT K

ER GG TRI

A L B FIL

TM E AR SN

ICE VO

B L A FIL

ES +1/Y

LO SO

AIN CH

-1/N

O

G DIN EN

D OR CHHO TR
C

Y ILIT UT

RO INT

IFT SH

AT BE

NG SO

O MP TE

O MP TE

E OR ST

IN HA IT C MK RU D

T. AN QU LICK RE C U F AS T 3 OF MEINPU

N TER PAT

G ON NS ER TT PA

B LA C. L FIL MIS MBA B IN CY ARE MA A N S K IN MA KIC

FIL

LB

A

INT

RO

TE MU E T MU E T MU E T MU ING D EN

ICK CL

n2 rsio Ve

.0

DR
X MA
IC MP L K CO BA AC E/CYM

UM

TR

I GG

ER

MO

DU

LE

ICK . CL /MISC
K

MIN L. VO ER ST MA

N X I AU

AR SN

OWNER’S MANUAL

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A)
1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class "B" digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the user's manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit "OFF" and "ON", please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures : Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference. Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s. In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable. If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the your local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA 90620
The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

ADVARSEL! Lithiumbatteri—Eksplosionsfare ved fejiatig håndtering. Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren. VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. VAROITUS Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennttu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.

Caution Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor to power DTX. The use of an incompatible adaptor may pose a serious shock hazard.

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION (USA)
This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha. WARNING: Do not place this product in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting cords of any kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended! IF you must use an extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25' cord (or less) is 18 AWG. NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the larger the current handling capacity. For longer extension cords, consult a local electrician. This Product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units. This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before damage occurs. Some Yamaha products may have benches and/or accessory mounting fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as optional accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer assembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE using. Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other uses are recommended. NOTICE: Service charges incurred due to lack of knowledge relating to how a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered by the manufacturer's warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting service. Model Serial No. Purchase Date ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following: Battery Notice: This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement. This Product may also use "household" type batteries. Some of these may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged. When installing batteries, do not mix old batteries with new, or with batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture. Warning: Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information. Disposal Notice: Should this Product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, Please contact Yamaha directly. NAME PLATE LOCATION: The name Plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase.

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL
92-BP

.

Dropping the DTX or otherwise subjecting it to strong physical shocks can damage it. always turn the power switches of all related devices OFF before connecting or disconnecting audio and MIDI cables. benzine. Vinyl can stick to and discolor the surface. Avoid placing vinyl objects on top of the instrument. Memory Back-up The DTX contains a special long-life battery that retains the contents of its internal RAM memory even when the power is turned OFF. radios. Unplug the AC adaptor during electrical storms. When the back-up battery needs to be replaced. discoloration. Also avoid using multi-plug adaptors since these can result in reduced sound quality and possibly damage. Turn the power OFF and unplug the AC adaptor when the instrument is not in use. for example. Do not use solvents such alcohol. such as near a window. 1 Electrical Interference The DTX contains digital circuitry and may cause interference or noise if placed too close to TV sets. move the DTX further away from the affected equipment. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for data loss caused by battery failure or improper operation of the DTX. Third-party Software Yamaha cannot take any responsibility for software produced for this product by third-party manufacturers. connectors. To avoid damage to the instrument and other devices to which it is connected (a sound system. . to avoid deformation. or other parts of the instrument. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE BACKUP BATTERY YOURSELF. not the cord itself. Other adaptors may cause damage to the DTX. Please direct any comments about such software to the manufacturer or their agents. make sure that the adaptor you have is appropriate for the AC mains supply voltage in the area where you intend to use the DTX. the message “ERR-Low battery” will momentarily appear on the display when you turn the power ON. The backup battery should last for several years. Direct sunlight. PA-3B or an equivalent) to power your DTX. Service and Modification The DTX contains no user-serviceable parts. Handling and Transport Never apply excessive force to the controls. such as electric heaters or ovens. or in a car during the daytime. When this happens. Always plug and unplug any cables by gripping the connector. or more serious damage. Yamaha is NOT responsible for damage caused by improper handling or operation. or similar equipment. near a heat source. A slightly damp cloth may be used to remove stubborn grime and dirt. have the back-up battery replaced by qualified Yamaha service personnel. Opening the case and/or tampering with the internal circuitry can lead to irreparable damage and will void the warranty.Your DTX will give you years of reliable service if you follow the simple rules given below: Location Do not expose the instrument to the following conditions. Excessive humidity. Excessive dust. Power Supply Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor (PA-1207. Disconnect all cables before moving the instrument. outdoors. for example). Cleaning Clean the cabinet and panel with a soft dry cloth. Handle it with care. Turn off the power before making or breaking connections. Avoid plugging the AC adaptor used with the DTX into the same AC mains outlet as appliances with high power consumption. Refer all maintenance to qualified Yamaha service personnel. If such a problem does occur. Also. High temperatures. Transfer important data from your DTX to a MIDI data recorder such as the Yamaha MDF2 MIDI Data Filer for safe long-term storage. Strong vibrations. or thinner to clean the cabinet or panel.

INTRODUCTION Welcome to the Yamaha DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX—this is a COMPLETELY NEW type of drum trigger module with Yamaha’s high quality AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system and sequencer functions. INSIDE THIS PACKAGE ○ qThe DTX Owner’s Manual (This book) qQuick Guide qYamaha AC Power Adaptor PA-1207 or PA-3B 2 . Also. features and functions. A general explanation of the DTX is also available in the “Overall Structure and Modes” section (P. Feature Reference This section describes each function in detail. rehearsals. DESCRIPTIONS ○ The following icons are used throughout this manual to draw attention to important points and information where necessary. Page references are also made throughout this section for your quick reference.4) or the Index (P. In order to take full advantage of the DTX. You can use it as a dictionary to look up functions or answers to your questions. or any other serious problem that may occur due to improper operation or set up. A—This icon indicates more detailed information of a feature or function. and practice sessions as well as live performances. always keep this manual in a safe place for further reference. It is equipped with the features and capability required for professional recordings. Getting Started This section describes the basic steps you need to quickly plug and play with a set up using the DTX. please read this manual carefully and try out all of the examples set forth. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ABOUT THIS MANUAL ○ This manual consists of 2 sections: Getting Started and Feature Reference. The Table of Contents (P.140) will help you look up words. C—This icon warns of possible hardware damage. software malfunction.18) .

Rhythm machine function Drum trigger function Sequencer function AWM2 tone generator The Main Features of the DTX q Drum trigger functions allow you to designate detailed edits to each of the 12 input jacks for live performances and other purposes. q Complete sequencer functions to create or record the rhythm and backing patterns of your preference (pattern record) using a pad or a MIDI keyboard as well as to easily create an entire song using patterns or preset styles (song record). q Edit functions to edit the effect.or in any other way you choose! The DTX is a talented reliable partner for all musicians. rhythm machine functions with many rhythm styles. q As a rhythm machine. 3 . You can use the DTX in many situations such as studio production. q Various MIDI functions to enhance the DTX system by connecting to MIDI devices or computers. q To conduct a solo live performance by creating an accompaniment in advance. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ q As a high quality drum voice module.. transport buttons and a Data scroll wheel that makes programming faster and easier. live performances and rhythm practice. and sequencer fucntions enabling you to create an entire song. q Large LCD and LED displays. volume and pitch of each drum voice. q To practice rhythm by playing to the patterns. q . q Groove checking functions to check the difference (percentage: %)in timing or “groove” feel. q 928 high quality drum voices and an AWM tone generator (triggering up to 32 voices at one time) with 128 keyboard sounds that comply to the GM System Level 1. q 4 volume sliders to control the volume of the entire system as well as each rhythm or accompaniment part. q Chain functions to conveniently conduct live performances and rhythm practice effectively. q 32 practical preset drum kits as well as memory space for 32 user drum kits to assign your original set of voices to. the DTX is a multi-function digital instrument with an AWM 2 tone generator which is compatible with the GM standard providing high quality sounds..What is a DTX? In addition to the conventional drum trigger functions. q As a 16-part GM tone generator for computer music and create or edit songs any way you want by using the pattern or song functions.

................................................................... 92 5 ClearPat (clear pattern) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27 Transport Buttons ......................................................................... 109 4 .............................................................................................................. 27 Chain Edit Mode .......... 56 8 Decay ............................................................................................................................... 88 1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy ............................................ 39 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................................................................................................................................ 55 6 Modify .. 40 11 Note= (note numbers settings) ................................................................................................... 51 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ............ 91 4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ....................... 49 30 Edit (edit recall) ......................................................................................................... 66 1 Name (chain name) ............................................. 42 14 KeyOn .............................................................. 63 Entering the Chain Play Mode .......... 62 Chain Play Mode ... 93 The Concept of “song” ............................................................................ 61 21 Root Note .................................................................................. 92 Song Play Mode .................... 71 Types of Patterns ................................................................................................................................................................................. 107 1 Copy (Song/Dest): pattern copy ............................................................... 56 9 Key mode ...... 93 Entering Song Play Mode .............. 68 Store Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92 6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord............. 49 Pattern Play Mode ........ 22 Tips on the LCD .... 63 Selecting a Chain ... 72 Entering Pattern Play Mode .............................................................. 69 Entering Store Mode ........................................................................................................................................... 54 5 Rev send (send reverb) ........................ 70 Copying the Drum Kit or Chain .............. 35 3 Auto Set ............ 80 Recording .......................................................................................................... 71 Style ........................................................................................................................ 60 18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ....................................... 108 2 Quantize (quantization) ....................................................................................................................................................... 21 12 Out Port ........................................................................................................................................................... 47 23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) ................................................................. 99 Recording ........... 6 Setting Up .................................................................................................................................... 59 15 REV Time (reverb time) ....................................................... 59 16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ........................................................................ 76 Click (metronome) ................................................................................................. 77 Selecting the Chords ........................................................................................................................................................................... 43 15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 67 3 Edit recall ....................... 30 Selecting a Drum Kit ............................................................................................... 39 9 Reject (rejection) ............................. 69 Storing ....... 46 20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................................ 38 8 Self Rej (self rejection) ........................................ 88 The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation) ........................................................................................... 96 The Mute/Solo Function .......................................... 76 Muting or Soloing Each Track ........ 50 Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .................... 48 25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ................................. 96 Click (metronome) .................................................. 93 Sequence Track ......................... 58 14 REV Type (reverb type) ............................................................... 36 4 PAD Gain .. 96 Adjusting the Tempo ................Contents Controls and Functions .................................................................................................................................. 69 Chain Store Mode .............................................................................. 72 Playing a Pattern ................................................................................. 55 7 Filter .......................... 53 2 Volume ................. 64 Switching the Steps ....................................................... 65 Entering the Chain Mode .................................. 25 PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 45 18 PAD Func (pad function) .......................................... 54 4 Pitch . 97 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode ................................................................................................................... 45 19 FS Func (FS function) ......................... 88 Entering Pattern Job Mode ....................................................................................................................................................................... 65 The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ................... 70 Feature Reference Drum Kit Play Mode .................................................................................. 32 Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ............................... 51 1 VCE (voice) ............................. 57 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ................... 35 2 PAD Type (pad type) ......................... 48 27 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) ........................................................................................................................................................ 58 Song Record Mode ..................................... 47 22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 94 Playing a Song ......................................................................................................................................... 72 Selecting a Pattern .................................................................................................................................................. 91 3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .......................................................................................................................... 20 The Modes of the DTX . 99 Song Job Mode ......................................... 36 6 VelRange (velocity range) .................. 14 Overall Structure and Modes .. 94 Selecting a Song .................................................. 67 2 Chain create or revise ......................................... 107 Entering Song Job Mode ................................... 74 Volume Adjustment .............................................................................................................................. 71 The Concept of “pattern” ..... 47 21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .............................................................................................. 19 Triggering ........................................................................................... 107 The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation) ......................................... 90 2 Quantize (quantization) .............................................................. 59 17 BK CH= (transmit bank select) ............................................................... 78 Pattern Record Mode ............................................. 42 13 Note= (MIDI channel) ....... 33 1 Kit name ................................................ 95 Volume Adjustment ........ 61 20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ..... 64 Basic Operation ................................ 49 31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ................................................................. 58 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) . 53 3 Pan .......... 93 Backing Track ........................................................ 75 Adjusting the Tempo ............................................. 18 Pattern and Song .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 27 +1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ............................................................................................................ 40 12 Note= (gate time) ......... 48 28 Copy INP (copy input) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 44 16 RIMKeyOn ...... 71 User Patterns ......... 48 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 48 26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) .......................................................... 18 Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits ............................ 37 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ................................. 30 Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ......... 30 Entering Drum Kit Play Mode ........................................................ 44 17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ................................................................... 60 19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ..................................................... 32 Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (Page structure and operation) ........................................................................................................................................................... 47 24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ...................................................... 69 Drum Kit Store Mode ...... 26 Data Scroll Wheel .............................................................................................. 92 7 Pat Name (pattern name) ...................................................................................................................... 93 Track Structure .................................................................................................................. 80 Pattern Job Mode ............................................................................................ 71 Section .................................. 22 Entering a mode .... 26 QCursor Buttons ............................................................................................................ 9 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Getting Started Getting Started ................................................. 57 11 Key Off .................................................... 97 Groove Check Function .................................... 93 Types of Songs ......... bass or rhythm track) ........

........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 117 15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) .......................................................................... 117 13 DeviceNo (device number) ........................................... 134 Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 118 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through MIDI data from channel 10) ....................................................................... 126 42 MastTune (master tune) ............................................ 166 Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) .......................... 126 44 Volume .................... 111 11 SongName ................................................. 165 Preset Song List .. 114 3 LinkMode ..... 166 MIDI Implementation Chart .................................................................................................................. 117 12 MIDI ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 110 8 PlayMode ................................................................ 116 6 Bypass ...................................................................................................... 119 23 P/C->KIT (program change table) ................................................................................................................................................................ 122 31 Click Mid .................................................................................. 118 19 LocalClt (local control) ....................................................................................... 111 Getting Started Feature Reference Drum Kit Play Mode Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode Utility Mode ............ 117 9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) ...................................................................... 147 Drum Kit List ..................................................................................................................................................................... 123 35 Tempo ........................................................................... 140 Drum Voice List ............... 128 47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ................ 123 37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................. 129 MIDI Data Format ............................................................................................................ 138 Specifications ....... 110 9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) ............................................................................................................... 125 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) .................................................... 165 Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) .................... 120 24 EQ (equalizer) ............................................................................................. 121 26 Lo Freq (low frequency) .......................................................................... 117 10 Inc Func (increase function) ................... 143 GM Keyboard Voice List ...................................................................................................... 122 33 Click Out ..3 ClrTrack (clear track) .................................................................................... 112 The Utility Mode (page structure and operation) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 123 36 Count ..... 124 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) .................. 148 Preset Style List ............................................................................................. 112 Entering Utility Mode . 118 17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10) 118 18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) .......... 127 45 Pan ........ 117 11 Dec Func (decrease function) ....... 121 29 SEQ (sequencer) .................... 136 Error Messages ........... 109 4 Clr Song (clear song) .............. 139 Index ............................................................... 120 25Lo Mi Hi (gain) ........................................................................................................ 109 5 PgmCh (select the voices of each channel) ........................................................................................................................................................... 114 2 EditMode . 125 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ................................................ 124 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ........................................................ 118 20 DumpTime .......... 110 6 VolCh (channel volume) ...................... 117 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) ............................................................... 112 1 SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115 5 SldrMode (slider mode) ........................................ 116 8 FC offset ............................ 168 Song Job Mode Utility Mode Appendix 5 .................................................................... 111 10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .... 119 21 MergeOut .......... 116 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ................................................................................................................... 122 30 Click Hi ................................ 110 7 PanCh (channel pan) ......................................................................... 115 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ........... 126 43 Program .......................................................................................................................... 128 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode Chain Play Mode Chain Edit Mode Store Mode Pattern Play Mode Pattern Record Mode Pattern Job Mode Song Play Mode Song Record Mode Appendix MIDI ........................... 122 32 Click Lo ....... 119 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) .................................................. 121 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) ................................................. 121 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ......... 127 46 Pitch .............................................................................................................................................................. 123 34 PlyClick (play click) .....

Within a page. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Chain Edit mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Pattern Job mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING SONG UTILITY −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING PATTERN STORE TEMPO SHIFT CHORD CHO TR SOLO CLICK MAX MIN MASTER VOL. ) SONG Button (P.31) The large multi-function LCD panel shows all the prompts and parameters needed to operate the DTX easily and efficiently. Press twice this button to put the DTX into Song Job mode.” The various pages of each mode can be picked using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. snare drum. ( CHAIN Button (P. or symbol referred to as the “cursor”. $ AUX IN Volume Slider (P. A “focus area” refers to the parameter you can adjust. * PATTERN Button (P. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. Each screen of parameters is called a display “page.94) This volume control slider adjusts the total volume of sound output from the PHONES jack.Controls and Functions Top Panel ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DRUM KIT CHAIN TEMPO BEAT DRUM KIT TRIGGER PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE AGE MAIN B TR1 MISC. tape recorder. & CLICK KICK/MISC. . word.63) The large two-digit LED display shows the selected drum kit number so you can be sure of your selection especially during live performances with poor stage lighting. or cymbals of a song or pattern. # MASTER Volume Slider (P.) Press this button once to put the DTX into Pattern mode. TR2 CYMBAL CHAIN PATTERN SONG MEASURE QUANT.0 DRUM TRIGGER MODULE ! LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) (P. Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the focus area. Version 2.25) % ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider (P. the OUTPUT (L/ MONO and R) jacks.31) Press this button once to put the DTX into Chain mode. number.31) This volume control adjusts the volume of the metronome click sound. " LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display (P.72) 6 This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the incoming signals of the AUX IN jack (CD player. INPUT CLICK VOICE FILL AB FILL BA BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK OFF 3 MISC. etc. there is a blinking letter. kick.11) Press this button once to put the DTX into Song mode. ' DRUM KIT Button (P. or other musical instruments.31) This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the accompaniment. Volume Slider (P.30) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Play mode.

73) Press the rhythm part buttons while holding this button to listen to the soling of a rhythm part. 6 SHIFT Button (P. 8 TR2 (CYMBAL) Button (P. 7 TR1 (MISC. .26. the SHIFT button. In Pattern mode. 73) This button moves the location indicator backward by a measure. 4 +1/YES (ENDING) Button (P.74.78) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Store mode or Chain Store mode. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL AB Pattern. by pressing another specific button while holding this buttn. .26. CHORD CHO TR Button (P. 95) This button allows you to move forward among the focus areas in a page. > PAUSE Button (P. to mute the MISC.77) This button turns TR1 (Track 1) of the song ON or OFF. 1 ‡(FILL AB) Button (P. @ START/STOP Button (P. The song will start where it was stopped when the button is pressed again. the SHIFT button.77) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL BA Pattern.76) This button selects the previous page. 5 TEMPO Button (P. 73) This button turns the metronome ON or OFF. In Pattern mode. C Data Scroll Wheel (P. 7 .27.112) This button turns the Rhythm Track or Pattern Track of the song ON or OFF. STORE Button (P. Press this button while holding.UTILITY Button (P. This button also acts as an “audition” button which allows you to listen to a voice without actually changing it while you are editing.74. B RECORD Button (P. the SHIFT button.+ TRIGGER Button (P. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the ENDING Pattern. For fine single-step adjustments. to mute the SNARE part of the rhythm.76) This button directly selects the TEMPO focus area. A FORWARD Button (P. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the MAIN B pattern. Press continuously to rapidly rewind. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the INTRO Pattern. 73) The Data Scroll Wheel allows rapid control over the parameters of the focus area. In Pattern mode. In recording mode. = CLICK Button (P.51) This button turns the Bass Track or Tempo Track of the song ON or OFF.77) Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.81) This button switches the DTX into Record-ready (standby) mode.27) This button decreases the value of a parameter. VOICE Button (P. to mute the KICK part of the rhythm. Press this button while holding. This button increases the value of a parameter. 73) This button starts or stops playback or recording. < SOLO Button (P. 77) This button sets a secondary function. to mute the CYM (cymbal) part of the rhythm. 2 ¶(FILL BA) Button (P.26.74.32) 9 BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button (P.69) This button turns the Chord Track of the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding. press this button to erase data. (other instruments) part of the rhythm. ? REWIND Button (P. . In Pattern mode.77) This button turns TR2 (Track 2) of the song ON or OFF. Press continuously to fast forward. 95) This button pauses the song. In Pattern mode.77) Press this button to put the DTX into Utility mode. for example selecting a section or muting part of a rhythm. 95) This button allows you to move backward among the focus areas in a page.74. 73) This button steps the indicator forward by a measure.) Button (P. 3 -1/NO (INTRO) Button (P. .27. press this button while holding the SHIFT button to select the MAIN A pattern.73. you may want to use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons described above. In Pattern mode. 0 PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button (P. Press this button while holding. / PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button (P.26. 95) This button selects the next page. : RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button (P. the SHIFT button.

Rear Panel ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ IN MIDI INPUT ATTENUATION 12/11 10/9 KICK 8 H. For stereo playback. Use this jack to input data from an external audio device using a miniature stereo phone plug. Use a monaural phone plug for plain trigger input.HAT CONTROL Jack (P.9) Connects with an optional pad. If you use monaural phone plugs.10) Press this button to turn the DTX ON or OFF.9) Use these connectors to send or receive MIDI data to or from an external MIDI device. only 11 is available to use.9) Connect a footswitch (Yamaha FS50 or FC5) to this plug. Select the footswitch function you want to use from the 19th FS Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. . ' AUX OUT L and R Jacks This jack is used to separately output specific sound(s) such as the kick and snare.CONTRAST Knob Connect stereo phone plugs to input from trigger or switch type pads (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S).9) Connect a stereo headphone to this jack to monitor the DTX. This knob adjusts the contrast of the LCD. 46). 58).12) ( OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks (P. APlugging a monaural phone plug when the power is ON may cause a reversed phase and the switch may malfunction. * AUX IN Jack (P. reconnect the plug and turn the power ON again. Try this when the volume does not respond to the pad played or when a double-triggering occurs to one tap. connect to both L/MONO and R. ) PHONES Jack (P. set the SEQ ClickOut on the 27th page in Utility mode (P. MIDI IN/OUT (P. turn the power OFF. This is convenient when you are playing to music from a CD or cassette tape. . connect to L/MONO. only 9 is available to use. % 10/9 KICK Input (P. For monaural playback.12). If you use a stereo phone plug to connect the DTX and two pads. To assign a sound to these output jacks.HAT Inputs (P. H. two triggers can be input. select the Output Port on the 12th page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P. 47). You can create a large scale MIDI system by connecting the DTX to an external MIDI tone generator or sequencer.HAT CONTRAST CONTROL OUT ! POWER Switch (P. # DC IN Jack (P. In this case. PA-3B or an equivalent) included in this package. AThe Yamaha PA-3 CANNOT be connected. " INPUT ATTENUATION Switches These switches adjust the input level when pads of varying output levels are connected.9) Connect the hi-hat foot controller (Yamaha HH80 or FC7) to this plug. To assign a metronome click to these output jacks. & 1 SNARE to 8 H.12) Use these jacks to connect to external amplifiers or mixers using a monaural phone plug.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE POWER DC IN 12V R AUX OUT L R L/MONO OUTPUT PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H. two triggers can be input.11) Connect the AC adapter (Yamaha PA-1207. You can use this as a MIDI controller by changing the parameter on the 22nd Hi-hat Control Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.9) Connects with an optional pad. 8 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . . If you use monaural phone plugs. If you use a stereo phone plug to connect the DTX and two pads. The input level increases when the switch is lowered. + FOOT SW Jack (P.9) $ 12/11 Input (P.

TP80.etc. ATo further add a pad. To the pads Two monaural plugs Conversion cable Stereo plug To the DTX Input 10/9 or 12/11 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 9 .etc. FS-50. use a conversion cable (which separates the stereo plug to two monaural plugs) for INPUT 10/9 and 12/11 which enables you to enter two different trigger signals. INPUT ATTENUATION 12/11 10/9 KICK 8 H.etc. TP80. triggers and devices that can be connected to the DTX. Headphones HH80.etc.) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ – Additional Pads TP80.etc. a cupped cymbal voice is set to INPUT 10 and asuitable percussion voice for each preset drum kit is set to INPUT 11 and 12. TP80.HAT CONTRAST CONTROL OUT MIDI IN AC Power Adaptor MIDIkeyboard. KP80. Refer to P.etc.etc.etc. TP80.8 for the types of pads or triggers that can be connected to each input jack. TP80. For most preset drum kits.etc. PCY80.etc.etc. TP80. MIDI tone generator.etc.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE POWER DC IN 12V R AUX OUT L R L/MONO OUTPUT PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H.etc.etc. Audio output CD Player. PCY80.etc.Setting Up Setting Up with Pads Only Connect each pad to the proper DTX input jack as shown below: (This illustration is an example of the pads.

HAT CONTRAST CONTROL OUT MIDI IN AC Power Adaptor Headphones Ch.HAT 7 CRASH 6 RIDE 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 2 TOM1 1 SNARE POWER DC IN 12V R AUX OUT L R L/MONO OUTPUT PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW H.Setting Up with an Acoustic Drum Set (5-piece) and 5 Pads *Connect each acoustic drum piece to a drum trigger pick-up (Yamaha DT10—not included) in advance.11) Connect each drum trigger pick-up to the proper input jack as shown below: ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ — INPUT ATTENUATION 12/11 10/9 KICK 8 H. 1 Ch. (P. 2 HH80 MIDI keyboard or other devices Mixer MIDI tone generator/keyboard or other devices Amplifier Speaker Speaker 10 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ .

This is convenient when you practice a rhythm by playing to a tune or hold a band session. yet not touching the rim. 11 .Using the AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack (stereo mini jack) is located on the near panel. It is also posible to independently control the output volume of the sound source coming in from the external device by using the AUX IN volume slider. You can enter a sound source from a CD or cassette player through this jack. yet not touching the edge of the rim across the player. close to. MAX 5 TOM4 4 TOM3 3 TOM2 MIN PHONES AUX IN FOOT SW MASTER VOL. By doing so you can adjust the balance between the drum kits of the DTX and the external sound. Place the triggers away from the influence of other drums (snare or toms). ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Sticky tape Sticky tape CBe sure to connect the audio devices before turning all the related devices ON. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. yet not touching the edge of the rim. " Snare Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the snare close to. AUX IN jack Mounting the Drum Trigger Series DT ! Bass Drum Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the bass drum close to. mix it with the DTX sounds and send it out through the output jacks on the rear panel. # Toms Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the shell. and cowbells. hi-hat.

Removing the Drum Triggers When changing the batterhead. cover and fix the triggers and cords onto the batterhead with sticky tape. the DTX analyses the connections and optimizes the settings. 3) audio devices. ATTENTION Make sure the surface of the batterhead or the shell where the trigger is mounted is free from dirt or grind. Once you have removed the drum trigger and want to mount it again. and might pose a serious shock hazard. carefully remove the trigger sensor with a sharp object before loosening the head. make it a rule to turn the power on in the order of 1) the DTX. Take care not to pull the cord when you are removing the trigger. " Make sure all the devices such as the pads. simply reverse the process. To prevent broken trigger cords caused by the vibration of the drum rim. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ INPUT ATTENUATION 12/11 POWER DC IN 12V Wall AC outlet AC power adaptor CBe sure to use PA-1207. unplug the power adaptor from the electric outlet when the DTX is not in use for long periods of time. When turning the system off. Using an improper power adaptor may cause irreparable damage to the DTX. When the power is turned on. 12 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 10/9 KICK . Also. Clean the surface with alcohol in advance. or audio systems are connected correctly and turn the POWER switch on the rear panel of the DTX. POWER CTo avoid speaker damage. Irregular vibration and sustained resonance on the batterhead or the shell may cause double-triggering. be sure to completely remove the used sticky tape and apply new sticky tape. then plug the adaptor into a convenient wall AC outlet. This can be prevented by applying a mute (such as the Yamaha Ring Mute) to the batterhead and controlling the excessive vibration. PA-3B or an equivalent included in this kit. ON. external devices. Using used sticky tape may cause bad pick-up response or double-triggering. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ R AUX OUT The Power Supply ! Make sure the POWER switch is OFF and connect the power adaptor (included) to the DC IN jack on the rear panel of the DTX. 2) mixers and amplifiers.

............................. (P............ Getting Started .....CHAPTER 1 Getting Started This chapter describes the basic operations of the DTX...................................... (P.......................................14) Overall Structure and Modes .22) ....... Use this to get an overall image of the DTX and master the basic uses........................................................................................ (P.........................................................18) Basic Operation ................

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ R MO D UL E ! Turn the power ON. 32 are the user drum kits. (P. and No. You can create your own drum kit (user drum kit) from scratch. The user drum kits No. " Enter Drum Kit Play mode by pressing the DRUM KIT button. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. 1 to No. settings or usage. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CHAIN SONG UTILITY PATTERN STORE A The drum kit number is also displayed on the LED.Getting Started M TRIG GE Choose a Drum Kit and Start Playing! Your Yamaha DTX contains 928 drum and percussion sounds. Drum and percussion sounds make up a drum kit (drum voice) and the drum kits are categorized by musical style. 64 are the preset drum kits. mode. No. 1 to No. DRUM KIT Acoustkt .32) AThe LCD illustrations in this manual are just examples used for the purpose of explanation. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the drum kit you want to use. DRUM KIT TRIGGER VOICE 14 DT X YA Getting Started M AHA DRU MAX MIN MASTER VOL. Press the Q cursor buttons and move the cursor to the drum kit number. 32 contain readily usable drumsounds. The display is subject to change depending on the operation. # Select a drum kit. POWER Acoustkt SONG MEASURE CLICK CityDogs MISC. 33 to No. There are 64 drum kits: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits which enable you to enjoy performances of various musical styles just by selecting a kit.

PAGE FILL AB FILL BA % Adjust the volume Use the MASTER Volume Slider to adjust the volume of the entire drum kit. MISC. $ Play the pads A You can also adjust the beat or quantization by moving the cursor to the BEAT or CLICK focus area and using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. ( Change the Volume of the Click Use the CLICK volume slider to adjust the volume of the metronome click. TR2 CYMBAL CHAIN VOICE FILL AB FILL BA BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK SONG UTILITY −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING PATTERN STORE TEMPO SHIFT CHORD CHO TR SOLO & CLICK Play to the Click Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the click tempo between [=30 to 299. DRUM KIT −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT TEMPO BEAT Acoustic MAX SONG MEASURE CLICK CityDogs MIN MASTER VOL. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.Getting Started DRUM KIT TRIGGER PAGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE MAIN B TR1 MISC. Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome. CLICK MAX MIN ' Change the Tempo of the Click Press the TEMPO button to move the cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B MASTER VOL. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 15 .

MIN MASTER VOL. After making sure the cursor is located on the style or pattern number. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Adjust the volume of the pattern. rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select a style or pattern number. Try out the various patterns. FILL AB. MAIN B. 16 . Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern. INTRO. $ A The Drum Kit Play mode and the Pattern Play mode will appear on the same display. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A MAX TEMPO BEAT GM jazz PATTERN MEASURE CLICK MIN MASTER VOL. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. use the ACCOMP volume slider to adjust the volume of the accompaniment of the pattern. Also. PAGE FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING GM jazz PATTERN MEASURE CLICK TEMPO SHIFT RP Candy DRUM KIT MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to change the tempo of the pattern between a range of [ =30 to 299. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. FILL BA. Use the MASTER volume slider to adjust the volume of the entire system. # Start to play the pattern. bass part and chord part. A Each style has a default tempo value. Each preset style contains 6 sections (MAIN A. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ! Enter Pattern Play mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A A It is possible to change to another style or pattern while a pattern or style is playing. This is convenient when you want to listen only to the rhythm. when you select a different style in the middle of a pattern playback. MISC. Press the PATTERN button to enter Pattern Play mode. Press the TEMPO button to move the cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. once you stop playing and select a different style.Getting Started Play to a Pattern! Your Yamaha DTX features rhythm machine functions containing 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns. the tempo will not change. However. You can play the pads to the pattern. Adjust the tempo. Therefore. One pattern consists of rhythm part. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A CMaj7 _ _ A The style or pattern number focus area is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Pattern Play mode. even if you change the tempo. the tempo will return to the default value of the newly selected style. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Acoustic PATTERN MEASURE CLICK CLICK MAX RP Hop MISC. and ENDING). PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B % " Select a style or pattern.

SNARE. DRUM KIT TRIGGER PAGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE MAIN B TR1 MISC. CHORD. and MISC. ) Soloing each part. TR2 CYMBAL CHAIN VOICE FILL AB FILL BA BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK Press and turn off the BASS. FILL BA. CYMBAL SNARE KICK FILL AB MUTE AEach style contains 6 sections which have a variety of usage. & Switch sections. To cancel the mute. Press the SNARE. press the same button again. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM RHYTHM PAT TR KICK MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK FILL AB MISC.. The LED above each button will light up when the part is ON. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B While holding the SOLO button . You can mute parts which are not necessary when you practice. TR1 MISC.19. GM jazz PATTERN MEASURE CLICK CMaj7 _ _ MISC. PATTERN TTERN STORE TEMPO SHIFT CHORD CHO TR SOLO TR2 CYMBAL TR1 CLICK TR2 CYMBAL TR1 MISC.. Press the MAIN A. To cancel. KICK. AThe lower part of the LCD displays the data indicators of each rhythm track in a 16-beat format.71for details. turn the PC function of the RecvCh 10 PC in Utility Mode off. button while holding SOLO. button while holding SHIFT to mute each track. This is convenient when you want to audition each rhythm part or voice. Refer to P. press the SOLO button again. AThe DTX is factory preset to automatically switch the drum kit to its most appropriate pattern each time the pattern is changed.Getting Started ' Mute each part. The rhythm part consists of KICK. INTRO.. or MISC. BASS TMP TR RHYTHM PAT TR KICK + BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO SNARE CHORD CHO TR SOLO CHORD CHO TR SOLO ( Mute each rhythm track. Play each rhythm part solely by pressing the SNARE. The name of the section currently playing is displayed on the bottom level of the LCD. press the same button while holding SHIFT. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 17 . TR2 CYMBAL FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING + FILL AB FILL BA FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING + BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK TEMPO SHIFT TEMPO SHIFT TEMPO SHIFT CHORD CHO TR SOLO While holding the SHIFT button . or ENDING buttons while holding the SHIFT button to change the sections of the currently selected style. To cancel the solo function. 77 for details. SONG UTILITY −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING You can play each part of the rhythm solely and mute the other parts in one step.. Refer to P.. (other instruments) tracks. To keep the drum kit from switching to its preset pattern. PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE PAGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE MAIN B PAGE AGE TR1 MISC. CYMBAL. or RHYTHM button individually to mute each part. The LCD will hide the “Data” indicators of the muted track and “MUTE” will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. CYMBAL. Use this to practice a particular part such as the snare or kick part by muting the part and substitute it by playing the snare or kick pad by yourself. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT While holding the SHIFT button . You can mute each track. FILL AB. CYMBAL. or MISC. KICK.. MAIN B.

You can assign drum and percussion sounds to register 32 user drum kits. It is also possible to play a melody or obbligato by changing a part (MIDI channel). Your DTX also contains 128 normal keyboard voices. adding a reverb. These drum and percussion sounds are categorized and called “drum kits. This function is useful for live performances. The tone generator section complies to the GM standard level 1 and can be used to play back the commercially available Standard MIDI Files by an external sequencer. M AHA DRU 928 drum voices MIDI note numbers 13 to 84 Preset drum kits (33 to 64) Kick MIDI file playback Cymbal User drum kits (1 to 32) Tone generator Parts and Voices MIDI channel 1 1 2 Melody 2 and others 3 3 4 4 5 5 Chord 6 6 7 Bass 7 8 Melody 8 and others 9 9 10 Drum (rhythm) 10 11 11 12 12 13 Melody 13 and others 14 14 15 15 16 16 Part Voices to use Hi-hat Snare Keyboard voice Drum Kit Voice Edit Drum Kit Trigger Edit Drum voice Keyboard voice 128 normal keyboard voices Pattern or song Piano Organ Guitar Bass part Chord part Melody part . Each drum and percussion sound can be edited in many ways such as changing the pitch.41) There are 29 user drum kits and 32 preset drum kits which are frequently used. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 18 DT X YA Overall Structure and Modes The following describes how the DTX works in detail.” Drum kits consist of drum voices which are stored in correspondense to MIDI note numbers (P. etc.Getting Started M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits Your DTX has a total of 928 drum voices (drum and percussion sounds). These voices are used to add bass or chord parts to the DTX rhythm pattern. You can use the chain function to set drum kits in the order of your preference and play them back in this order. each categorized by music style.

(other instruments) enabling you to visually check the rhythm structure. These patterns arranged in a specific order and combind with suitable chord progression create a “song”. the patterns can also be played back in a specified order using the chain function. 660 preset patterns 110 styles × 6 sections INTRO MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA ENDING 100 user patterns Store Song Style or pattern Chord progression Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4 C F G C Recording of the actual playing of a melody.Getting Started Pattern and Song A “pattern” consists of a rhythm track containing various drum voices and a backing track containing the chords and bass line which accompanies the rhythm. obbligato or drum 19 . (other instruments) CYMBAL SNARE KICK ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ MISC. A maximum of 30 original songs can be created using preset or user patterns. You can also actualy play a melody. It is also possible to play a drum kit to a particular pattern or song. In the same manner as the drum kit. obligato or drum part and store it as a song. LCD display Pattern Rhythm pattern MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A + Backing pattern Chord Bass Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) with matching preset backings. 100 original user patterns can be created and stored within the DTX. The rhythm pattern is displayed on the LCD in 4 parts: KICK. SNARE. CYMBAL and MISC. Chords can be established by combining each root note with 25 chord types.

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DTX Tone generator 20 . " If you do not find a pattern of your preference. This can be used to perform various effects. By assigning up to 5 types of voices of your preference you can produce them at one time by triggering a single signal from a drum pad. % To complete the song. adjust the tones. The DTX is designed to produce a trigger signal when a pad or a drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX is hit. It is also possible to enter the tempo changes. and melody to the sequence track (TR 1 or TR2) (P.99).Getting Started Creating a Song You can create a song on the DTX by following the steps below: ! Audition the preset patterns in a preset style and find the pattern of your preference (P. Triggering The term “triggering” refers to drive a tone generated from the DTX.71). create your original pattern in the order of drum.80). # Place the pattern and chord on the backing track of the song in the order according to the structure of the song (P. bass.105). $ Audit the backing track and record the necessary brass refrains. and chord and store it as a user pattern (P. volume balance and pan position of each part. string obligatos.

112): To change the settings of the entire system such as MIDI. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Drum Kit Play mode (P.99): To record a song.69): To store the drum kit or chain settings. Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. The following 8 types of modes are available. Chain Play mode (P.80): To record a pattern. Song Record mode (P.93): To select and play a song. equalizer.Getting Started Modes of the DTX Modes refer to functions which are grouped for efficient operation. Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.32): To edit trigger input levels such as sensitivity. Pattern Job mode (P.30): To select and play a drum kit. Pattern Record mode (P.107): To edit a song. DRUM KIT TRIGGER CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY PATTERN STORE Song Play mode (P.63): To play a preset chain (drum kits or patterns set in a specific order).50): To edit various drum and percussion sound settings. Store mode (P. Utility mode (P. 21 .71): To select and play a pattern. sequencer and multi-timbre tone generators. Song Job mode (P. Pattern Play mode (P.88): To edit a pattern. reverb.65): To create or edit a chain. Chain Edit mode (P.

DRUM KIT TRIGGER Kit Name GM std 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC.Getting Started M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Entering a mode Press the button of a mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ■ Drum Kit Voice Edit mode: Press the VOICE button. DRUM KIT DRUM KIT TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY PATTERN STORE ■ Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode: Press the TRIGGER button. M AHA DRU DRUM KIT TRIGGER CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY PATTERN TTERN STORE ■ Drum Kit Play mode: Press the DRUM KIT button. DRUM KIT TRIGGER VCE P 52 P SurdoM CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE . ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 22 DT X YA Basic Operation The following describes the basic operation.

DRUM KIT TRIGGER Name = CHAIN VOICE Chain 1 SONG UTILITY MISC. DRUM KIT TRIGGER Copy Pat PATTERN CHAIN VOICE RP Hop SONG UTILITY MISC.80 for details.Getting Started ■ Chain Play mode: Press the CHAIN button. DRUM KIT TEMPO TRIGGER BEAT CHAIN VOICE PATTERN MEASURE CLICK RP Hop SONG UTILITY MISC. Refer to P. REC Mode MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ■ Pattern Play mode: Press the PATTERN button. DRUM KIT CHAIN TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT Chain 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY PATTERN STORE ■ Chain Edit mode: Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once while in Chain Play mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF ■ Pattern Job mode: To enter this mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A PATTERN STORE ■ Pattern Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Pattern Play mode. TEMPO BEAT Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A PATTERN STORE 23 .

Getting Started ■ Song Play mode: Press the SONG button. DRUM KIT TRIGGER CopySong SONG CHAIN VOICE CityDogs SONG UTILITY MISC. DRUM KIT DRUM KIT TRIGGER Store DK to 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. Trigger Edit or Voice Edit mode to enter Drum Kit Store mode. Refer to P. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ■ Song Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Song Play mode. REC Mode MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF ■ Song Job mode: Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.99 for details. DRUM KIT TEMPO TRIGGER BEAT CHAIN VOICE SONG MEASURE CLICK CityDogs SONG UTILITY MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE 24 . TEMPO BEAT STEP REC SONG MEASURE QUANT. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ■ Store mode: Press the STORE button while in Drum Kit Play. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ■ Utility mode: Press the UTILITY button. DRUM KIT TRIGGER UTILITY [SYSTEM] CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC.

DRUM KIT CHAIN TRIGGER Store CH to 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. the Drum Kit Play mode or Chain Play mode can be displayed at the same time with either the Pattern Play mode or Song Play mode. For example. Drum Kit Play mode display Example 1 DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Chain Play mode display Example 2 CHAIN TEMPO BEAT PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. The currently selected mode name is displayed on top of the focus area. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING The Pattern Play mode and Song Play mode also share the common display focus area. INPUT CLICK OFF 3 MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Two Play modes can be displayed on the LCD at one time. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING Pattern Play mode display Song Play mode display 25 .Getting Started Press the STORE button while in Chain Play mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING OFF 3 MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE Tips on the LCD The Drum Kit Play mode and Chain Play mode share a common display focus area as shown in the illustration. Other modes are displayed one at a time. INPUT CLICK SONG MEASURE QUANT. Mode DRUM KIT CHAIN ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Drum kit or chain name TEMPO BEAT Drum kit or chain number PATTERN SONG MEASURE QUANT. INPUT CLICK OFF 3 MISC. Style or song name Mode Style or song number PATTERN SONG MEASURE CLICK MISC. Chain mode or Edit mode to enter Chain Store mode.

Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to select the page.Getting Started PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons All modes except Play mode and Store mode have multiple display pages. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CityDogs TEMPO SHIFT 26 ○ QCursor Buttons ○ TEMPO BEAT CLICK TEMPO BEAT MEASURE CLICK . For example. each time you press the PAGE¡ button the previous page is selected and each time you press the PAGE⁄ button the next page is selected. in Chain Edit mode. Drum Kit mode and Pattern mode). PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE DRUM KIT FILL AB FILL BA SONG −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING MISC. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE DRUM KIT FILL AB FILL BA SONG MEASURE −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING MISC. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ PAGE AGE Name = FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING Chain 1 TEMPO SHIFT =DrumKit num= 1 Edit recall ? A You can also turn the display pages back and forth rotating the Data Scroll Wheel while holding the SHIFT button. The Q cursor buttons allow you to move the cursor (the blinking character or symbol) to each focus area on the LCD and the parameters. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CityDogs TEMPO SHIFT Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons in Play mode to move up and down the display between the modes (e.g.

q All of the chain data will be deleted.199) The following changes will occur when the initialization is executed.74. and PAGE ⁄ buttons all at the same time. PAGE ¡. Refer to P. Use these buttons for fine single-step selections or adjustments. 76. or to change the value of various settings. It is also recommended to store the settings you need to save in advance to external devices such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer (MDF2). 27 . q The contents of the preset drum kit will be copied to the user drum kit.Getting Started Data Scroll Wheel The Data Scroll Wheel is used to rapidly change the value of the focus area. q All of the parameter values that can be changed will be set to their standard values. It is possible to initialize your DTX if you need to set all of the settings back to factory preset conditions in one procedure for this reason or other. The RECORD button puts the DTX into Record-ready mode. The CLICK button is used to switch the metronome ON and OFF. This buttons are also used to answer the “yes/no” question when you are storing data on the DTX. (See P. 81. The parameter will continue to change if you continue to press one of these buttons. for details. Turn the power switch on while holding the DRUMKIT. PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT Transport Buttons The START/STOP button controls the playback of a pattern or song. the factory preset settings will replace the current contents. Use this to select a drum kit number or pattern number. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ +1/YES and -1/NO Buttons The +1/YES and -1/NO buttons change the parameter of the focus area. COnce the initialization is executed. q All of user songs and user patterns will be deleted. Please take precautions to avoid losing your important data. CLICK Initializing Process Problems due to program conflict may occur when internal settings have been changed while you are using the DTX.

Getting Started 28 .

......................................80) Pattern Job mode ...................................... (P.............50) Chain Play mode ................................................................................. (P...................99) Song Job mode .................................................................................... (P.......................63) Chain Edit mode ................................................... (P..............................................112) ......................88) Song Play mode .......... (P.............................. (P.............. Drum Kit Play mode ............................................. (P............................................. (P....107) Utility mode ........................................................... (P...................................................71) Pattern Record mode ...........................................93) Song Record mode ........................................................................................................................... Use this as a dictionary to look up items or the details and get to know the various ways to use a function........................ (P...................................... (P................................................CHAPTER 2 Feature Reference This chapter describes the functions of each mode.....................................................69) Pattern Play mode .......................65) Store mode .................30) Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode .................................................................................................................................... (P..........................32) Drum Kit Voice Edit mode ............................................ (P....................

Selecting a Drum Kit ! Use the Q cursor buttons to select the drum kit number. 30 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ X ○ ○ YA Drum Kit Play Mode This mode enables you to play the DTX drum voices from connected pads and triggers. DRUM KIT DRUM KIT TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT Acoustic PATTERN MEASURE CLICK CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE AThe Drum Kit Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode). M AHA DRU ○ ○ ○ ○ . CYMBAL SNARE KICK TEMPO SHIFT A The drum kit number is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Drum Kit Play mode. You can choose from 64 drum kits. Drum kit number DRUM KIT Drum kit name TEMPO BEAT PAGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE MAIN B Acoustic PATTERN MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING MISC.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode DT R M TRIG GE MO D UL E Entering Drum Kit Play Mode Press the DRUM KIT button.

Drum Kit Numbers User drum kit: 1 to 32 Preset drum kit: 33 to 64 Adjusting the Volume Use the MASTER volume slider to control the volume of the entire drum kit. you can balance the volume of the drum voices you are triggering with the pads and the pattern or song. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Rock 1 PATTERN MEASURE CLICK MISC. CLICK and KICK by changing the parameters in Slider Mode on the 5th page (P. This is very handy at live performances where you can directly control the volume of SNARE. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC.116) in Utility mode. This enables you to use these volume sliders to directly control the volume of the SNARE and KICK.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to adjust the volume of the SNARE voice or KICK voice separately from other voices. You can change the slider assignment between ACCOMP and SNARE. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE MAX FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING + MIN MASTER VOL. Refer to P. Individually Adjusting the Volume of Snare and Kick The volume of the snare and kick can be adjusted independently from other voices. TEMPO SHIFT AThese volume sliders are originally programmed to function as volume adjustment sliders for an accompaniment part of a pattern (ACCOMP) or metronome click (CLICK) when the SHIFT button is not pressed. CYMBAL SNARE KICK AYou can also change the drum kit number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The drum kit number is also displayed on the LED. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. as well as adjust the volume of each part of the accompaniment or rhythm independently.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to choose the drum kit number you want to use. KICK. 31 . Move the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or CLICK (KICK/MISC. MAX MIN MASTER VOL. AWhen playing the pads to a pattern or song.75 for details.

1 to 29 . 30 to 32 and use it at a later stage. You can create a new drum kit from scratch or by modifying preset drum kits or existing user drum kits. The LED display will show the drum kit number you have chosen even after you have entered Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE A Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode before entering this mode. 1 to 29 include drum kits entered in advance. Save the data you have edited to an external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 before you reset. DRUM KIT TRIGGER ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 32 X YA Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode This mode contains various settings to adjust the sensitivity or velocity of the inputs from pads and triggers or assigning drum and percussion sounds to each pad (input). " Enter Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. turn the power on while holding down the DRUM KIT. M AHA DRU Editing Procedures ! Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. To edit the drum kit for these numbers. A You cannot edit a preset drum kit. A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P. See P. The changes made to the preset drum kit are temporary. select a user drum kit and save the changes to the user drum kit. all the data will be erased. 1 to 32). % Enter Store mode to store the drum kit to any one of the user drum kit numbers 1 through 32. it is recommended to copy a user kit between No. A No. the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. PAGE up and PAGE down keys at the same time to reset it to its original factory settings. When you do so. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. These new drum kits can be stored in the user drum kit area (No. AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”. AIt is necessary to choose the input jack number (between 1 and 12) before setting the parameter on the 2nd to 18th and 26th pages in this mode. # Name the drum kit if necessary. .Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode DT R MO D UL M TRIG GE E Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode Press the TRIGGER button. If you have written over No. If you want to keep the edited data. $ Turn the page and set the necessary parameters. Kit Name GM std 1 CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter.166) to memo the editing contents of the user drum kit.

49). " Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons. # Select the input jack number for each of the input numbers 1 to 12. but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P. The edited settings will return back to the default settings. The display pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to “easy”. The input jack number will automatically be selected by playing a pad connected to the appropriate input (P. a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored. set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”. A In this mode. The Hi-hat control level will also appear on the kick bar chart. As a short cut.115). Change the Edit mode to "advance" to display all 31 pages.69 on how to store your edit. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Parameter Input level Output MIDI velocity Hi-hat control Level ! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) The Drum Kit Trigger Edit modes consists of 31 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger modules. It is necessary to choose the input jack number before changing the parameters for the 2nd through 18th and the 30th pages. by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”. and CYMBAL. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Function name Page number Kit Name GM std 1 MISC. 33 . $ Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. as a kind of VU meter. Refer to P. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. Indicates you have not saved the edited settings. AJump some of the display pages by pressing the DRUM KIT or TRIGGER button while holding SHIFT. respectively. A Once you have edited in this mode. This is convenient in editing the sensitivity or velocity. However. the input level and the output velocity of the pad you play will appear next to the MISC. some of the pages which are seldomly used will not appear. AThe following page shows the list of the 28 display pages.

.......... (P.................................................................... (P............. (P.................................................................................... (P....................................................... (P........38) 8 Self Rej (self rejection) ...................... (P...... (P.........................0......................37) 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ...............48) 28 Copy INP (copy input) ...............................................................................................................................................................49) 30 Edit (edit recall) .......... (P............................47) *22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) ............................ (P................................................................................................................... (P.............................................42) *14 Key On .39) 9 Reject (rejection) ........................................................................................36) 4 PAD Gain ..... (P....................................................................48) 25 HH Ctrl (FS hi-hat control) ..........................................................................................................45) *18 PAD Func (pad function) ................................................ (P............................. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details......................................... (P................................................................................................................................................................................ (P.... (P................. (P................................................................ (P.........48) *26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10) .............................................35) 2 PAD Type (pad type) .................42) *13 Note= (MIDI channel) .. (P..............................40) *12 Note= (gate time) ...... (P.......................................45) *19 FS Func (FS function) ...................................... (P................................... (P...............................................................49) *31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...35) 3 Auto Set ......................................................................................................................................47) *23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... (P..........Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode Functions of Each Display Page 1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ........................................................................................................................................... (P................. (P.... (P......................................................................................................44) *16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................................... (P.................................................49) A The "26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)" and "27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)" are additional features of DTX version 2................40) 11 Note= (note numbers 1 to 5) ................... (P..................................................... ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 34 .....................39) 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) .......................48) *27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12) ..................48) 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ......................................................................... (P.........................................44) *17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ........................................................................................................43) *15 velXFade (velocity cross fade) ........................................................46) *20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ...................................47) *21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) ......... (P.......................36) 5 LevelRng (level range) ......... (P........ (P...........37) 6 VelRange (velocity range).......................................47) *24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ..

CYMBAL SNARE KICK The available letters to choose from are: (Space) PAD Type INPUT = MISC. As a short cut. Choose the response time for each connected pad. Pad1 has the quickest response and kick2 has the longest response. Refer to P. " Move the cursor to the PAD TYPE parameter and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the pad type that suits the pad or drum connected to the input jack number. # Repeat steps ! and " above and name your drum kit using a maximum of 8 letters. or symbol by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons. " Move to the right and choose the necessary letter. 35 . pad1/pad2: Select this when you have connected an optional pad. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input jack number. set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to ALWAYS.DT10 and DT20 are drum trigger sensors. The input jack number will automatically change to the connected input jack by playing a pad. lo tom: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a low tom (larger tom). number. Pad2 responds faster than pad1. (P. 2 PAD Type Set the type of the pad or drum connected to each input jack. Kit Name GM std 1 MISC.115).Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 1 Kit Name (drum kit name) Use up to 8 letters to name your original user drum kit. CYMBAL SNARE KICK pad2 Settings: The following parameters are available for input numbers 1 to 12. hi tom: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a hi tom (smaller tom). snare: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT10 to a snare. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the proper pad type for each input jack number. Kick2 responds faster than kick1. ! Use the Q cursor buttons to go to the first letter of the drum kit name and choose the necessary alphabet. be sure to select the proper pad type. To ensure stable performance.11. kick1/kick2: Select this when you have connected the Yamaha DT 10 to the kick (bass drum).

# Repeat steps ! and " and set the input Gain for each input jack number. Play the pad or drum connected to the selected input jack number hard (ff=fortissimo) and adjust the Gain level to approximately 90% of the Input level.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. then select the input gain. " Move the cursor to the gain focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the Gain. " Move the cursor to the focus area and press the +1/YES button. This manually sets the input gain (sensitivity) of each input jack number. The first beat changes the display to HIT1 ff and the second beat changes the display to “Off” quitting the automatic setting. ! Move the cursor to INPUT and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. Set the Input level by following step 2 above.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. Gain: 0 to 63. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. A The appropriate input gains are preset as a setting example so that you can start to play without any input adjustment. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Off Gain Input level MISC. However. then select the input gain. Auto Set INPUT PAD Gain INPUT = MISC. AThe Input level display here is operated differently from other displays and cannot be set by moving the cursor to the focus area. 36 . The display will change to “HIT2ff”. Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. ". you are required to adjust the input gain for each pad either here or in the next PAD gain section for your own drum settings. CYMBAL SNARE KICK =32(00%) " Slowly beat the pad or drum connected to the input jack hard (ff=fortissimo) twice. BThe input gain can be set faster and more efficiently if you use the Auto Set first to automatically set the levels and then make fine adjustments here. and # to set the input gain for each input jack number. # Repeat steps !. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 4 PAD Gain 3 Auto Set This automatically sets the input gain (sensitivity) of each input jack number.

115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. This responds to the maximum and minimum input levels set on the 5th page and delivers each sound within the velocity range set in this step. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 5 LevelRng (level range) Set the Maximum and Minimum input levels of each input jack number. ! Move the cursor to INPUT and Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to choose the input jack number. Minimum velocity: 1 to 126 Maximum velocity: 2 to 127 37 . The levels are determined in proportion to the value set here. 6 VelRange (velocity range) Set the Maximum and Minimum velocity of each input jack number. LevelRng Minimum level Maximum level MISC. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. CYMBAL SNARE KICK VelRange INPUT 32to127 ANo sound will be produced if the input signal is below the minimum level. A Refer to P. Minimum level: 0 to 98 Maximum level: 1 to 99 Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.38 for further details regarding the relation between input level and velocity. " Move the cursor to the Maximum or Minimum level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the level. CYMBAL SNARE KICK INPUT 10%to99% Minimum velocity Maximum velocity MISC.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. A Refer to P. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum and Minimum levels for each input jack number. If the input signal is above the maximum level. the sound produced will be at the maximum velocity set on the Velocity Range display page (the 6th page of this mode). # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum and Minimum Velocity levels for each input jack number. " Move the cursor to the Minimum Velocity or Maximum Velocity focus areas and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the velocity. Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.38 for further details regarding the relation between input level and velocity. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.

No sound will be produced when the input level is between 0% and 49%. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Velocity Curve of each input jack number. the velocity range is 1 to 127. (In this case. This velocity curve defines the relation between the level range set on the 5th page and the velocity range set on the 6th page.) Velocity VelCurve INPUT = normal 127 MISC. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. VelCurve: normal Velocity 001 12% 99% Input level Case 2 This figure shows that the velocity range is set between 064 and 127. Velocity Input level 127 VelCurve: hard 1 Velocity 064 001 50% 0∼49% No sound 99% Input level Input level VelCurve: hard 2 Velocity 38 Input level . CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: The following velocity curves can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. " Move the cursor to the Velocity Curve focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. Case 1 This figure shows that the velocity will be output at an input level range of 12% to 99%.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) Set the velocity curve for each input jack number. The velocity value is 001 when the input level is 12% and 127 when the input level is 99%. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. and the velocity triggers at an input level of 50% to 99%. VelCurve: loud 1 Velocity Input level VelCurve: loud 2 Velocity Input level Relationship between input level and velocity. The velocity value is 064 when the input level is 50% and 127 when the input level is 99%.

9 Reject (rejection) This function prevents cross talk (mixed sounds) and double triggering among the pads or drums connected to other input jacks. The larger the value the longer the time. CYMBAL SNARE KICK INPUT 0 Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 0 = MISC. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the level for each input jack number. the voice will not be delivered if the input level is lower than the level set here.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 8 Self Rej (self rejection) This function prevents double triggering.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. the second sounds will be automatically muted for a certain length of time. Set the length for each input jack number. When a sound is triggered shortly after another. Set the level for each input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. " Move the cursor to the 8 Self Rej (self rejection) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level. " Move the cursor to the 9 Reject (rejection) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level. 0 (self rejection function disabled) to 9 Settings: The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers 1 to 12. When 2 sounds have been played at the same time. Self Rej Reject INPUT = MISC. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the time length for each input jack number. 0 (rejection function disabled) to 9 39 . You can also enable the Learn mode (P.

The MIDI note number can also be transmitted from the MIDI OUT jack on the rear panel of the DTX to an external device.50). You can also enable the Learn mode (P. Refer to P. Awhen or an input number is assigned to a hi-hat controller (the default setting is input 8). You can also enable the Learn mode (P. This feature can be applied to a wide range of ideas and enhance the efficiency of your performance. ". ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. Opn: Delivered when the pad is played with the hi-hat opened Cls: Hi-hat closed FCl: Foot closed FOp: Foot opened rim: Pad rim is held Settings: The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers 1 to 12.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) This function prevents cross talk (mixed sounds) among the pads or drums connected to specific input jacks. " Move the cursor to the specific input focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input jack number. You can assign up to 7 MIDI note numbers to each input jack. This enables you to play 1 pad and deliver multiple (up to 5) drum sounds. Spec Rej Specific input focus area Level focus area MISC. Specific input: 1 to 12 0 (rejection function disabled) to 9 40 . and rim for a MIDI note number. or one by one. mut (mute). ASelect mut (mute) when designating the note number for the sound delivered when the pad is played while holding down the pad rim switch. When a trigger signal is sent to the input jack. the sounds can be delivered simultaneously. When a sound is triggered shortly after a specific sound.43). which delivers the sound assigned to that number. The order of the 5 drum sounds to sound can be designated. $ Repeat steps !. the MIDI note number assigned to that input jack is sent to the internal tone generator.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. By setting the Key On Mode (P. Set the level for each input jack number. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. This means you can play a pad and control an external MIDI tone generator or sequencer. and # to select and set the level of each input jack number.41 for further information on note numbers. the sound will not be delivered if the level is lower than the level set here. Various drum and percussion sounds can be assigned to each note number in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P. The other 5 sounds will be muted when the pad is played while holding down the rim switch. 11 Note= (note numbers settings) This function assigns note numbers to each input. the focus area will display the following 5 parameters. ASelect rim to set the note number of the sound delivered when the rim is played. CYMBAL SNARE KICK INPUT from 1=0 " Move the cursor to the Note=*** focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the parameter (type) from the 5 numbers (1st to 5th).115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. # Move the cursor to the level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.

3rd. dim. CG.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode # Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the drum voice. 5th. rim (or Opn. add9.79 for details of each chord. $ To go back to the first page of this mode (the note number settings on the 11th page). AG. E. AThe right side of the MIDI note number focus area shows the note name. B Type: Maj7. go to step ! and set the parameters for the MIDI note numbers of the other input numbers. The relationship between note numbers and names. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CMaj7 Note=1st MIDI note number Note name MISC. This is convenient when you are planning to play a scale on an external tone generator. You can move the cursor to each focus area and set the note number using the note name. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. G. Note:1st. D. FOp. mut. $ Repeat steps " and # to assign the other MIDI note numbers and select the parameter (type). rim) MIDI note number: off. After you have completed setting the MIDI note numbers.43) is set to "alter" or "alterMN. 7sus4. Maj9. F. CYMBAL SNARE KICK INPUT = 36 C 1 Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. Root: C. FG. 4th. min6. 41 . aug ARefer to the chord type list on P. m add9. m7(a5). Cls. GG. 6th. 7(G9). Using chord names to set the MIDI note number Press the CHORD button while holding SHIFT to display the 31th page or SetChord (chord settings). The MIDI note number corresponds to each key on the keyboard. This display is used to set the chords played by hitting a pad.50).115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. 7(13). sus4. Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. " Move the cursor to the ROOT focus area of the CHORD and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the ROOT type. and the “C” in the center of the keyboard is regarded as “C3”. 7(a13). # Repeat steps ! and " and set the CHORD for each INPUT number. M7(11). Maj. press the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. mM7. 7(a9). C0 MIDI 0 note number C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 127 ASkip (skp) can be selected when the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P. Yamaha defines the note by putting a number that symbolizes the octave. A. MIDI defines the note “C” in the center of the keyboard as note number 60. FCl. 7th. min7. A Assign a MIDI note number the drum voice to in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P. min9. 7th9. By selecting a chord from the 12 roots and 25 types available." This enables you to skip the notes set in Skip (skp) when you are playing each sound in sequence by playing the pads. 13 to 84. Note SetChord INPUT Root Type MISC. 2nd. a MIDI note number representing the chord is automatically set to one of the 1st to 4th notes. 7(G5). DG. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. 7G(11). min.

. Settings simular to a close hi-hat sound. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. mut. " Move the cursor to the Note focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select 1st to 5th mut (mute) to a MIDI channel. FOp and rim. FCl. Settings simular to an open hi-hat sound. then select MIDI channel 1 and repeat this procedure for the rest of the notes. the 1st to 5th note numbers will change according to the chord progression of the pattern or song..... AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is selected (the default setting is input 8). Refer to 12 Note=(gate time)for details. bas ... AWhen an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is selected (the default setting is input 8). AIf you select a note other than the 1st... CYMBAL SNARE KICK 42 Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.. 5th.. mut. You can also enable the Learn mode (P... Note: 1st.. cho... FCl. $ Repeat steps !.. Open. and # to set the Gate Time for each input jack number... 2nd.. Note=1st Note INPUT Note=1st Note INPUT GT= 3.. ASelect bas or cho for inputs which trigger a bass or chord. and # to set the MIDI channel for each input jack number. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number... ATo select the same MIDI channel for all 5 notes. 3rd. the gate time focus area will display “--” and you will not be able to set the gate time... Settings simular to an opening hi-hat sound. $ Repeat steps !. FOp) MIDI channels: 1 to 16. 13 Note= (MIDI channel) Sets the 1st to 5th MIDI transmitting channels to the MIDI note number of each input jack number. You can set an external device to trigger a keyboard (normal) voice using the DTX internal tone generator if you have the input jack number set to a MIDI note number that triggers a chord or bass voice in the DTX. FOP . ". first set the MIDI channel for the 1st note. " Move the cursor to the Note focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st note. AYou can also trigger a keyboard voice by designating a MIDI channel (other than 10 for the drum voice). Cls. 5th.. When you have chosen bas or cho. Cls. As for input 8 (hi-hat) or an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller.... rim or (Opn.." you can set different gate times to each of the five notes.. FOp) Gate time: off..... This will indicate that you will be using the same channel as the 1st. FCl.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.. you can select from Open..Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 12 Note= (gate time) Sets the gate time (length) of the pad you play. 0. This indicates that you will be using the same MIDI channel as a BASS track and CHORD track used to play a pattern or song..0s Gate time MISC.43) is set to anything besides "hold. The gate time for all 5 notes are set just by selecting the 1st note. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.. rim (or Opn. and the keyboard voices to be triggered. 3rd.. Opn . FCl. The gate time applies to 5 note numbers at one time and can be set for each input jack number.0 seconds (settings by 1/10 seconds). # Move the cursor to the Channel focus area and set the MIDI channels.. FCl . ". Cls. Note: 1st.. # Move the cursor to the Gate Time focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the gate time..0 to 10. Settings simular to a closeing hi-hat sound... you can set a different gate time to . CYMBAL SNARE KICK Chan= 10 MIDI channel MISC. 4th. you can select from Open. FOp and rim. 4th.. Cls ... Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. Cls... 2nd. FCl.... FOp and rim.. Cls. AWhen the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P..

.. ABy using the stackMN or alterMN function you can save memory space by excluding overlapping voices when recording to an external sequencer.... Key on mode: stack. alterMN . alter . Therefore the trigger types of stack and alter..... alter. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.... but truncates the preceding sound when the pad is played..115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.... but truncates the preceding sound when the pad is played. stackMN ..... The Key on mode defines how multiple notes (up to of 5) which are set to each INPUT number should be triggered. hold . This function is convenient when you want to layer multiple voices or produce an effect using the keyboard voice.. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. " Move the cursor to the Key on mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the key on mode from the following: stack . Alternately triggers the 1st to 5th notes in order... hold 43 ....40) simultaneously....Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 14 Key On Sets the key on mode for each input. Key On INPUT = stack MISC... alterMN. AWhen the pad is played while holding the Rim Switch (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S pads) note set by mut (mute) is enabled and the 1st to 5th notes are disabled.. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes (P... # Repeat steps ! and " to set the key on mode for each input jack number. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes one by one each time the pad is played.. There are 5 key on modes which enable you to trigger all notes at the same time or in a specific order.. Triggers and maintains the 1st to 5th notes simultaneously when the pad is played once.... Triggers the 1st to 5th notes simultaneously.. and stops when the pad is played again... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12........ stackMN and alterMN become the same... stackMN.

. withPad = MISC. the 1st note is louder and the last note the smallest.... Case of 1∼5th Output velocity 120 5th 100 4th 80 60 40 20 0 2nd 3rd 16 RIMKeyOn This function sets the rim key on mode to define how the voice is triggered when the rim of the pad is played. RIM Key On mode: single. The “single” mode is used for the usual rim shot voice and the Hold mode is used to maintain the sound. AThis function is valid only when more than 2 MIDI note numbers are assigned to note numbers 1 to 5 on the 11th display page.. VelXFade: on.. The same applies to the opposite action: the harder you play the pad.. withPad . the last note is louder and the first note the smallest.. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. When the rim is hit.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) This function sets the velocity cross-fade for each input jack number on or off. The first shot maintains the voice and the second shot stops the voice.... You can also enable the Learn mode (P. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number..... off 44 .. AThis function applies only when the key on mode on the 14th page is set to stack. " Move the cursor to the mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the rim key on mode from the following 2 modes: single . # Repeat steps ! and " for each input jack number. stackMN... the sound set to the Rim and the sound set to the pad will play at the same time.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.. When several MIDI note numbers are assigned on the 11th Note Number page and this function is on. " Move the cursor to the VelXFadefocus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function “on”or “off”.... CYMBAL SNARE KICK off Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12.... the softer you play the pad. hold. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK VelXFade INPUT Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 8.... or hold...115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. RIMKeyOn INPUT = single MISC. Normal triggering of a rim shot 1st 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Input level hold .

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) This function sets the velocity of the trigger when the rim of the pad is played. There are 2 types of settings: one where the velocity is always the same level, and the other where the velocity changes according to the impact of the attack. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. " Move the cursor to the Velocity focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the velocity. The settings vary as follows:
mute Hi ....... The velocity changes according to the strength of the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the pad velocity, the velocity is automatically calculated based on the level range, velocity range and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th display pages. The difference between“variabl”described below is that pad will be muted if the DTX receives a trigger lower than the minimum level set for level range on the 5th display page. This is convenient when you are using cymbal pads. mute Lo ....... The setting is simular to “mute Hi” above, but enables you to set the velocity at a lower level Use “mute Hi” when you are using the mute more than the rim, and “mute Lo” when you are playing the rim more than using the mute. variabl ......... The velocity changes according to the strength of the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the pad velocity, the velocity is automatically calculated based on the level range, velocity range and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th display pages. fix1 to fix127 ..... The velocity set here remains the same regardless of the strength of the attack on the rim. The mute function cannot be used if values are set to this function. The voice trigger is faster compared to mute Hi and mute Lo.

18 PAD Func (pad function) This function sets the function of each pad connected to INPUT. Besides acting as a regular drum pad, various pad functions are available. For example, in Chain mode, you can move a chain step forward or backward, start or stop a pattern or song, or assign the pad to act as a switch for other types of functions. ! Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack number. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum. " Move the cursor to the parameter and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the function. The following functions are available:
normal .......... The regular setting which triggers the MIDI signal when the pad is played. click .............. Turns the click ON or OFF. inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode. dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode. bypass .......... Cuts the voices of all other pads except the one selected, ON or OFF. strtStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song. pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song. do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL. MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A. MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B. FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB. FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA. INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO. ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.

# Repeat steps ! and " to set the velocity of each input jack number.

RIM Vel
INPUT

=mute Hi
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 8. Rim Vel mode: mute Hi, mute Lo, variabl, fix1 to fix127.

45

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

# Repeat steps ! and " to set each input jack number.

19 FS Func (FS function) This sets the function of the footswitch connected to the FOOT SW jack on the rear panel. Different assignments can be made for each drum kit. ! Move the cursor to the function focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the function of the footswitch.
HH ctrl ......... Hi-hat controller (switches between open and closed).

PAD Func
INPUT

= normal
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Settings: The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1 to 12. normal, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill, MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, ENDING

click .............. Switches the click sound ON or OFF. inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode. dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode. bypass .......... Truncates the voices of all other pads except the one selected when ON. statStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song. pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song. do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL. MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A. MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B. FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB. FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA. INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO. ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING. MIDI ............. Outputs the MIDI Channel Messages (control change messages).

FS Func =HH ctrl
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Settings: HH ctrl, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill, MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, ENDING, MIDI

46

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) You can choose this page only when the function on the 19th page (FS Func display) is set to MIDI. Move the cursor to the MIDI Channel focus area and Control Change number focus area, and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI channel and control change number, respectively.

22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) This sets the function of the Foot Controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Different assignments can be made to each drum kit. Choose the function by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The following 2 functions are available.
HH ctrl ......... Functions as a hi-hat and a MIDI channel message transmitting controller (continuous).

FS MIDI
MIDI channel Control change number
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Ch10C 1

MIDI ............. Functions only as a MIDI Channel Message transmitting controller (continuous).

FC Func =HH ctrl
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Settings: MIDI Channel: 1 to 16. Control Change number: C1 to C121.

21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) You can choose this page only when the function on the 19th page (FS Func display) is set to HH ctrl. Set the MIDI velocity output when the footswitch is closing the hi-hat (or you are stepping on the footswitch) when you use the footswitch as a hi-hat controller. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the velocity.

Settings: HH ctrl, MIDI

23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) This sets the MIDI channel and type of the MIDI messages to be transmitted using the foot controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Move the cursor to the MIDI channel focus area and type focus area of the MIDI Channel and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons to select the channel and type, respectively.

FS HHcls Vel= 85
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

FC MIDI
MIDI channel Type
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Ch10C 4

Settings: 1 to 127

Settings: MIDI Channel: 1 to 16 Types: C1 to C119 (control change numbers 1 to 119), A/T (after touch), PBup (pitch bend up), PBdw (pitch bend down).

47

CYMBAL SNARE KICK 26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) This adjusts the sensitivity of the foot controller connected to the H. 28 Copy INP (copy input) This copies the input data settings of any drumkit input currently being edited to another drumkit input number.” Copy INP INPUT Sure?y/n Settings: INPUT number: 1 to 12 MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the sensitivity. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Copy INP INPUT toD 2I 1 Settings: Drum kit copy destination: D1 to D32. . FC Sens = MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 8 Settings: 1 to 16 25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) This sets the input level to execute the hi-hat effect using the foot switch or foot controller only when the function on the 19th page (FS function display) or the 22nd page (hi-hat control function display) is set to HH ctrl (hihat control). 48 $ Press the +1/YES button to copy. 27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. Press the -1/NO button to cancel. “complete” will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the original display. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the input level. ! Move the cursor to the Input Copy Source focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the (source) input jack number between 1 to 12. Drum kit copy destination Input copy source MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK # Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. The larger the value. This is convenient in creating similar input settings.0. --(current drum kit) Input copy source: 1 to 12 HH Ctrl input= 8 MISC. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). You can also enable the Learn mode (P.0. the more sensitive the response of the internal tone generator. " Move the cursor to the Drum Kit Copy Destination focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the drum kit (destination) input jack number.115) to automatically select the (source) input jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

CYMBAL SNARE KICK " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. if you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode and select other drum kits. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MISC.” # Press the +1/YES button to execute the paste. This is convenient in creating similar drum kits. Press the -1/NO button to cancel. “complete” will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the original display.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) This copies the trigger data of the drum kit currently edited to another drum kit. “complete” will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the Edit Recall display. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 1 ! Choose the following Edit Recall display after choosing another drum kit in Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode. " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. 30 Edit (edit recall) While you are editing the drum kit. Press the -1/NO button to cancel.” Edit recall ? Copy TRG Sure?y/n MISC. the edited settings will return to the default settings. you can recall the data stored in the edit buffer and continue to edit. and back to the drum kit you have edited. This function is convenient in comparing the edited data with the original data. AThis function is also effective in editing the voice in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.41 above. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Recall Sure?y/n # Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit Recall . However. 49 . ! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the user drum kit (1 to 32) to copy. 31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) Refer to P. MISC. the edited data is still stored in the edit buffer. By using this Edit Recall function. Copy TRG to MISC.

Choose different settings. " Enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E 50 DT X YA Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode This mode helps you create your own drum kit by assigning various voices (drum and percussion sounds) to the note numbers. # Turn to the necessary pages and change the contents to your requirement. M AHA DRU Drum kit INPUT 1∼12 MIDI note number 13 to 84 15 16 19 21 23 75 76 79 81 83 13 15 17 18 20 22 24 73 75 77 78 80 82 84 Drum voice or keyboard voice Edit parameter Filter Reverb Decay AYou can create different voices for each note number of each drum kit by changing the parameters of the same drum voice. The following illustrates the relation between drum kit. change the volume and pitch. $ Enter Store mode to store your drum kit to user number 1 to 32. and parameters. AWhen you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number.167) to memo the editing contents you have created. an asterisk “ ✽” will appear on the right side of the letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD. drum voices. AA blank chart is provided at the end of this Manual (P. . Editing Procedures ! Select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. or add a reverb effect to each voice to complete your own drum kit. MIDI note numbers.

APress the VOICE button to audition a voice when the DTX is in Edit mode.49). AAs a short cut. " Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.58) is set to “disable. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. AOnce you have edited in this mode.114). the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”. AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”. The LED will display the drum kit number currently selected when you have entered Drum Kit Voice Edit mode. However. a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. Just by hitting a pad. the input jack number will change to the input connected (P.115). Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Indicates you have not saved the edited settings. Change the Edit mode to “advance” to display all 21 pages (P. 51 . CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE AFirst select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. AThe following is a list of the 21 pages. Refer to P. but you can recall the edited data using the recall function (P. the sound may not stop when the Key Off parameter (P.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit mode Press the VOICE button DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ TRIGGER VCE P 52 P SurdoM CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. # Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The edited settings will return back to the default settings.” In such a case. The pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to “easy”. ADepending on the voice you use. See P. set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) The Drum Kit Voice Edit mode consists of 21 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger modules. press the SHIFT button and the VOICE button at the same time and force the sound to stop. some of the pages which are seldomly used will not appear.69 on how to store your edit. ○ Page number Function name Volume = 110 Parameter MISC.

.........59) *17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) .............................................. (P.................................................57) 11 Key Off ............... (P............................ (P........................................................ (P..................................................................................................................57) 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) .................................58) 14 REV Type (reverb type) ............................................................................................................ (P........................................58) *12 Out Port ............................................................................................. (P.................................................................................................. (P....................... (P............................... (P.................................59) *16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) .....................53) 3 Pan .............................. (P............................................... (P..56) *9 Key Mode ...............................................................................................................................................61) *20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ....................................................... (P.................Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode Functions of Each Display Page 1 VCE (voice) ............................. (P...................................................61) *21 Root Note ............... (P..............................60) *19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ...................................................................................................54) 4 Pitch ...60) *18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) .............................58) 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ............................................................................53) 2 Volume ................................... (P...........................62) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 52 ......59) 15 REV Time (reverb time) .............55) 7 Filter .......54) 5 Rev Send (send reverb) .............................................................................................. (P........................... (P.... (P.................................................................................................................................................................................................56) 8 Decay ............................................................................................................................ (P............... (P.................................................... (P...................................55) 6 Modify .........................

.. s ... ! Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume for each note number.. You can also enable the Learn mode (P..115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum........ Kick Snare Tom Cymbal Percussion Effect Keyboard Strings Bass Hi-hat 2 Volume This adjusts the volume of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number........ Press the VOICE button to audition the volume. Group Volume Volume MIDI note number = MISC.................. S ..........143 “Drum Voice List” for details on voice name and voice number.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK P SurdoM Settings: The following group and voice numbers can be selected for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.................... H .............. Voice name: BD DRY1 to Sy Bass 3H Refer to P....... Each voice is grouped by category for easy handling as follows: K .......... H1 to 12: (additional hi-hat in V2) .... k1 to 21: Keyboard..Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 1 VCE (voice) This assigns a drum voice (drum or percussion sound) to each MIDI note number.. s1 to 8: Strings............ Check and audition the voice by pressing the VOICE button.... K1 to 119: Kick...... C . E1 to 115: Effect.. You can change the balance among the voices in the drum kit. 53 .. Volume: 0 to 127 VCE P 52 Voice number Voice name MIDI note number MISC....... T1 to 176: Tom.... " Move the cursor to the group focus area or voice number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter... S1 to 250: Snare. b1 to 19: Bass.... ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number... CYMBAL SNARE KICK 110 Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84............... You can also enable the Learn mode (P. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the voice for each note number.. You can also select by moving the cursor to the voice name focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or press the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons... " Move the cursor to the Volume focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to adjust the volume. b . C1 to 105: Cymbal. an asterisk “ ✻” will appear on the right side of the letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD........ P1 to 103: Percussion. T .. k .. E ....... A When you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number.. Group and voice number: off..115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the desired note number......... P ....

115) to automatically select the number by hitting each pad or drum. This defines pan position of the voice between the left and right. 1. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound. " Move the cursor to the Coarse Tune focus area or Fine Tune focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons to set the tuning. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. Press the VOICE button to audition the position of the sound. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. 4 Pitch This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: The following pan positioning can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. Tune the pitch either by semitone or by approximately 1.2 cent increments or decrements. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. CYMBAL SNARE KICK R2 Coarse tune C+ 2F 0 MIDI note number MISC.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 3 Pan This sets the Pan (stereo pan position of the sound) for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number.2]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 •1 cent=1/100th of a semitone 54 . C (coarse tune)[unit=semitone]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 F (fine tune)[unit= ca. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch for each note number. L7 (=far left) to center (=center) to R7 (=far right) Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the panning for each note number. Fine tune Pan Pitch Pan MIDI note number = MISC. " Move the cursor to the Pan focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the pan position.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. You can also enable the Learn mode (P.

115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. For voices which Modify function is inactive . Set the level here to adjust the amount of reverb. When the Modify level is set to a minus level. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Reverb Send level for each note number. 6 Modify This sets the Modify level for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. the Modfy focus area shows “--”. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. " Move the cursor to the Modify level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI note number and audition to confirm the voice by pressing the VOICE button. By setting the Modify level to a plus level. Rev Send: 0 to 127 Modify Modify level MIDI note number MISC. -64 to 0 (even volume balance) to +63 55 . AThe actual reverb send level will be determined by multipling the value set here and the Reverb Send level set in the MULTI items (MIDI Channel 10) in Utility mode. ASince the wave patterns and volume change differ for each voice. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 0 # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Modify level for each note number. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = --- Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. the larger the send level.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. The Modify level defines the volume balance between the 2 waves that make the voice. You can change the quality of the voice by setting the Modify level. Rev Send Reverb send level MIDI note number = MISC. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. the volume of one of the waves will increase. The larger the value.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 5 Rev send (send reverb) This sets the Reverb Send level for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound. " Move the cursor to the Reverb Send level focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level. you may not notice a difference in the change for some voices. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. The volume of both wave patterns will be the same when the level is “0”. the volume of the other wave pattern will increase.

8 Decay This sets the decay of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. # Repeat steps ! and " and set the decay for each note number. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. increase the decay value if you want to extend the lingering sound of a cymbal. Press the VOICE button the audition the sound.115) to automatically select the input jack number by hitting each pad or drum connected to the DTX. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = 0 Decay MIDI note number MISC. For example. Press the VOICE button to audition the sound.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. " Move the cursor to the Filter focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the filter. You can increase or decrease the fading effect of a voice. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number and select the MIDI note number using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The filter affects the sound by passing a specific frequency bandwidth and eliminating the others. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the filter for each note number. The decay function controls the fading of a voice wave pattern. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. -64 to 0 (standard) to +63 56 . -64 to 0 (standard) to +63 Settings: The following parameter can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. The Filter function is a low-pass type which eliminates the bandwidth higher than the cut-off point. Filter Filter MIDI note number MISC. " Move the cursor to the Decay focus area and set the decay by using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Decay = 0 Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 7 Filter This sets the Filter of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. The filter you set will sharpen or muffle the sound. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. The fading effect is longer when the value (either negative or positive) is increased.

.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = poly Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84.. Up to 2 voices for this note number can be produced at one time.. You can also enable the Learn mode (P... CYMBAL SNARE KICK 3 # Repeat steps ! and " to set the Key mode for each note number. mono. When a 2nd voice is triggered..... There are no limits to the number of voices delivered at once. 1 to 127 Key Mode Key mode MIDI note number MISC. the note number selected here will not be truncated even if the number of voices produced at one time exceeds the maximum number of 32 voices...... mono . AWhen a voice with a long release such as the cymbal is set to “mono”. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. this function truncates one of the first 2 voices and delivers the 3rd voice.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum.. However.. For example. off. the open hi-hat sound will be canceled once the closed hi-hat sound is delivered. semi(2). " Move the cursor to the Key mode focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select one of the following modes: poly .. poly.. The Alternate Group is a group of voices which should not be delivered at the same time. hi mono 57 .. hi mono .. semi(2) . by assigning an open hi-hat with a closed hi-hat in the same Alternate Group.. Truncates the previous voice and produces only one voice at a time. This will help you create a more realistic feel featuring acoustic drum-like actions.. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. AA voice assigned in the same Alternate Group is always dominated by the following voice and only one voice will be delivered at a time. " Move the cursor to the Alternate Group number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the numbers.. 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) This sets the Alternate Group for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number.. For example. the note number selected in this mode overrules the other voices... AlterGrp Alternate group MIDI note number = MISC. Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. When a 3rd voice is triggered.. This mode defines the sound output rules when the same voices are used......... One voice can be delivered at one time.. 2 hits with short intervals may cause an unnatural feel since the first sound is abruptly truncated.. this function truncates the first voice and delivers the 2nd voice.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 9 Key mode This sets the Key mode to the voices assigned to each MIDI note number.. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number.

Normally select “main” and the voices are delivered through the OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. CYMBAL SNARE KICK main Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. aux 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) This sets the Reverb Return Level. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. The level can be set for each drum kit. you can adjust the reverb effect of the entire DTX system. set this mode so that the DTX does not receive MIDI note off signals. and the voices will be delivered through the AUX OUT jacks on the rear panel. You can also enable the Learn mode (P. main. 12 Out Port This sets the output of each voice assigned to each MIDI note number either to the main output or auxiliary output. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. Set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. MIDI note number Settings: The following parameters can be set for MIDI note number 13 to 84. Set the MIDI note off settings for each voice assigned to each MIDI note number. In such case. sometimes a MIDI note off signal may cut the sound in an unnatural way. disable (will not receive MIDI note).Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 11 Key Off When a voice with a long release is in use.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 58 Settings: 0 to 127 . Key Off Key off MIDI note number MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK =disable Out Port Out port = MISC.115) to automatically select the MIDI note number by hitting each pad or drum. " Move the cursor to the Key Off focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound. This is convenient when you want to output specific voice(s) to an external mixing device. ! Move the cursor to the MIDI note number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the MIDI note number. To prevent that. " Move the cursor to the Out Port focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the focus area. enable (will receive MIDI note) ASome sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off functionis disabled. Choose aux (auxiliary) to output a specific voice such as SNARE or KICK separately. REV Rtn LVL= 127 MISC. By setting the level.

......... stage 1. Large stage........... plate.... The following reverb types are available: none ...... room 3 ..... hall 2 .... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: none.. stage 1 ..... A reverb effect similar to playing in a tunnel. Assign one of the reverb types by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons.. For example. Large room.. Set the time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The larger the value..... 15 REV Time (reverb time) This determines the reverb length for each drum kit...... Room with a high ceiling. A fantastic reverb effect similar to playing in a canyon. white . You can specify different program change numbers to channels 1 to 16.. The Reverb Type can be set for each drum kit. Small room.... room 1 ..... stage 2 . CYMBAL SNARE KICK 18 Settings: 0 to 69 16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) This sets the MIDI program change number to be transmitted when the drum kit is changed.. hall 1 . the longer the reverb time.. No effect (dry sound)..... A reverb effect similar to playing in the basement with short reflection...... tunnel.. room 2. Small hall..... REV Time = MISC... # Repeat steps ! and " to set the program change for each of the 16 channels.. white. Program change transmission channel REV Type = hall 1 MISC.... basemnt (basement) PC Ch= 1 PC= off Program change MISC......... Program change: off.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: Program change transmission channel: 1 to 16.. 1 to 128.. Large hall....... This can be set for each drum kit. basemnt .... room 1. stage 2.... room 2 ....... canyon. tunnel .. 59 ...Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 14 REV Type (reverb type) Various reverbs from hall to room are available to add dimension to the voice.. room 3..... plate ... Small stage. change the drum kit on the DTX to an external synthesizer by selecting the voices on an external tone generator.... hall 1.. canyon .. " Move the cursor to the PC= (program change) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the program change number. Steel plate reverb.. A special short reverb effect.. ! Move the cursor to the Program Change Transmission Channel focus area and select the transmission channel by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons... hall 2..

" Move the cursor to the Volume focus area and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. you can effectively choose from many sounds available in the tone generator. you can set the volume of a voice of an external synthesizer to a specific value.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) This selects the bank (MIDI Control Change) to be transmitted when the drum kit is changed. For example. CYMBAL SNARE KICK BK Ch= 1 Bank select MSB Settings: Control change Send channel: 1 to 16 Volume: off. Control change transmission channel CC Ch= 1 Vol= off Volume MISC. by switching the drum kit of the DTX. By using this with the MIDI Program Change function mentioned above. 0 to 127 M 0L 0 Bank select LSB MISC. " Move the cursor to Bank Select MSB focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the MSB. It is possible to set the volume value for each of the channels 1 to 16. You can set the bank individually to channels 1 through 16. # Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume for each of the 16 channels. and # to set the bank select for each of the 16 channels. # Move the cursor to Bank Select LSB focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the LSB. By switching the DTX drum kit. ! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel and select the Transmission channel using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: Bank Select Transmission Channel: 1 to 16 Bank Select MSB: 0 to 127 Bank Select LSB: 0 to 127 60 . This can be set for each drum kit. ! Move the cursor to the Bank Select Transmission Channel focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the transmission channel. Bank select transmission channel 18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) This sets the volume of the MIDI control change sent when the drum kit is switched. $ Repeat steps !. These parameters can be set for each drum kit. ". you can change the bank of an external tone generator voice.

AAlso refer to P. $ Repeat steps ! to # to set the control change numbers and data parameters for each of the 16 channels. # Move the cursor to the data focus area and set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Control change transmission channel CC Ch= 1 Pan= off Pan MISC. by switching a drum kit. " Move the cursor to the Pan and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK C 0=off Settings: Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16 Control change number: 0 to 119 Data: off. 0 to 127 61 . This step selects the type of control change data to transmit.131 for further details regarding control change data. ! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel and select the transmission channel using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. # Repeat steps ! and " and set the pan position for each of the 16 channels. you can set the sound parameters of external synthesizers connected to the DTX. It is possible to set control change numbers individually to each of the channels 1 to 16.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) This sets the pan position (of a stereo image) of the MIDI control change sent when the drum kit is switched. ! Move the cursor to the Control Change Transmission Channel focus area and select the transmission channel by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. It is possible to set the volume value for each of the channels 1 to 16. you can set the pan position of a voice of an external synthesizer to a specific value. " Move the cursor to the control change number and select the number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. by switching the drum kit of the DTX. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16 Pan: off. 0 (far left in a stereo image) to 127 (far right in a stereo image) CC Ch= 1 Control Change Number Data MISC. For example. These parameters can be set for each drum kit. For example. The data can be set for each drum kit. Control change transmission channel 20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) This sets the type (control change number) and value of the MIDI control change data transmitted when a drum kit is switched.

For example.Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode 21 RootNote This determines the minimum value of the MIDI note number of the voice. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 13 Settings: 0 to 56 62 . The DTX has a keyboard range of 71 keys and the default settings assign MIDI note numbers 13 to 84. the valid note numbers become 10 to 81. by changing the minimum value from 13 to 10. Set the Root note by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. This setting is possible for each drum kit. RootNote = MISC.

CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE AThe Chain Play mode display is configured in the same way as Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode). you can use the chain function to quickly change your drum kit configuration according to the line-up of tunes at a live performance. you are required to build the chains in Chain Edit mode. A maximum of 16 chains can be set. AIf you want to use the Chain function. For example.Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Entering the Chain Play Mode Press the CHAIN button. DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DT X YA Chain Play Mode Chains are used to organize the drum kits (or patterns) in a user-programmed order. making it quick and easy to select the drum kit (or patterns) you need. or practice the rhythm of a specific line of patterns. Press the PATTERN button and enter Pattern Play mode to use a chain of patterns. Step 1 Step 2 Drum kit 5 Pattern 10 Step 3 Drum kit 10 Pattern 20 Step 32 END M AHA DRU Chain 1 Chain 2 Drum kit 1 Pattern 1 END Chain 16 Drum kit 3 Pattern 50 END CHAIN TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT Chain 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK CHAIN VOICE CityDogs SONG UTILITY MISC. 63 .

Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode Selecting a Chain ! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the chain number focus area.45). PAGE ERASE ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Move 1 step forward. PAGE MAIN B DRUM KIT TRIGGER MAIN A FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING + CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY TEMPO SHIFT PATTERN STORE AIn order to quickly switch steps during live performances. CYMBAL SNARE KICK −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT AIt is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ buttons. respectively. or the drum kit number that was chosen previous to entering the Chain mode. Chain number CHAIN Chain name TEMPO BEAT Chain 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK CityDogs MISC. AThe LED display will show either the drum kit number set to the chain number. Chain number CHAIN Chain name TEMPO BEAT PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE AGE MAIN B Chain 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA CityDogs MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK AYou can also use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to change the chain number. 64 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . " Select the chain number rotating the Data Scroll Wheel. Move 1 step backward.46). it is recommended to use any 2 pad functions as a step-up/down switch (P. you can move the chain 1 step forward or backward. Settings: The following chain numbers can be selected 1 to 16 Switching the Steps Each time you press the TRIGGER button or the DRUM KIT button while holding SHIFT. You can also use the footswitch as a step-up/down switch (P.

the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited.116) to memo the editing contents of the new chain.69 for details on how to store a chain. $ Select the drum kit (or pattern) and set the 1st step. AWhen the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”. 65 . & Continue this procedure for the 3rd step on to set the drum kit (or pattern) for the necessary number of chain steps. M AHA DRU Creating a Chain ! Select the chain number to create or edit a chain in Chain Play mode. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. You can store up to 16 chains consisting of a maximum of 32 steps (drum kits). CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ASelect the chain you want to edit in Chain Play mode before entering this mode. ' Enter Store mode and store the chain you have created. A Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P. See P. % Move to the 2nd step and set the drum kit (or pattern). # Name the chain (if necessary).Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Entering the Chain Edit Mode Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once if you are in Chain Play mode. " Enter Chain Edit mode.116 for details regarding the “JJumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter. DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DT X YA Chain Edit Mode This used to create a chain of necessary drum kits or patterns. ARefer to P. TRIGGER Name = CHAIN VOICE Chain 2 SONG UTILITY MISC.

........... The dot disappears when you go to Chain Play mode during an edit to select a different chain........... a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate that the edit results have not been stored.............. See P............67) 3 Edit recall ....... Indicates you have not saved the edited settings. # Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons............... The edited settings will return back to the default settings................................... (P..........68) ○ ○ 66 ...........Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) The Chain Edit mode consists of the following 3 display pages: Page number Example: 1st display page Function name ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Name Parameter MISC............. (P....69 on how to store your edit...............68).....................67) 2 Chain create or revise ........................................ Functions of Each Page 1 Name (chain name) ............ " Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons........................... (P........................ CYMBAL SNARE KICK = Chain 2 ! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. A Once you have edited in this mode................. but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P................

move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to display END to end the chain at the current chain step number.71for further details on section. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 1 Pattern: 1) Select from style or pattern numbers 1 to 110 for each chain step. Therefore. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 1 % Upon editing the necessary steps of the chain. 67 . the display will show “--” on the section focus area and you will not be able to select a section. =DrumKit num= Drum kit number MISC. the chain step will end at the END setting. =Pattern Style (pattern) number Section MISC. if you have selected from the user patterns (style number 111 on). ! Move the cursor to the chain step number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st chain step. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = 1 MA " Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the drum kit or pattern for this chain step. 2 Chain create or revise This function is used to create or revise a chain. select the Step number you want to change.Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode 1 Name (chain name) Use up to 8 letters to name the chain. even if the cursor is not in the chain step number focus area. =DrumKit num= MISC. Chain step number Drum Kit: Select from drum kit numbers 1 to 64 for each chain step. Drum kit or pattern focus area $ Repeat steps !. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 1 AYou can also select the next or previous chain step number by pressing the TRIGGER or DRUM KIT button or by pressing the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons while holding SHIFT.35) for details on which letters can be used and how to enter them. =DrumKit num= MISC. move the cursor to the section focus area and specify a section. Refer to the Drum Kit Name section (P. # Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern number focus area and select the necessary number. 2) If you have selected from the preset styles (pattern styles 1 to 110). AUser patterns do not have sections. See P. AIf you forward the chain step during Chain Play mode. If you are revising an existing chain. ". and # to specify the drum kit or pattern for the necessary chain steps (up to 32 chain steps). AYou can mix a drum-kit-specified chain step and a pattern-specified chain step within one chain.

Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode

3 Edit recall

=

END

MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

While you are editing the drum kit, if you enter Chain Play mode and select other drum kits the DTX will return to its original data. However, by using the Edit Recall function, you can recall the edited data and continue to edit. ! Select Edit Recall after selecting another chain in Chain Play mode.

Settings: Chain step number: 1 to 32 Drum kit or pattern: DrumKit, pattern, END (sets the last chain step) Drum kit or pattern number: 1 to 64 (drum kits), 1 to 220 (patterns) Section focus area (only when the selected pattern is between 1 and 110): IN (intro), MA (Main A), MB (Main B), FA (Fill AB), FB (Fill BA), EN (Ending)

Edit recall ?
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n.”

Recall Sure?y/n
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

# Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit Recall . “complete” will flash on the LCD momentarily and the display will return to the Edit Recall display. Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

68

Feature Reference — Store Mode

M

TRIG GE

R

MO

D UL

E

Entering Store Mode
Drum Kit Store Mode Enter the Drum Kit Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Drum Kit Trigger mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode or from Drum Kit Play mode.
DRUM KIT
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

DT

X

YA

Store Mode
After you have created a chain of drum kits and edited voices, it is necessary to store the data into the DTX. Store the drum kit data in Drum Kit Store mode and chain data in Chain Store mode.

M

AHA DRU

DRUM KIT
TRIGGER

Store DK to 1

CHAIN

VOICE

SONG

UTILITY
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

PATTERN

STORE

AThe storage method differs dependig on the settings in Link mode (P.115) on the 3rd display page in Utility mode. Link mode = global ........... Stores the edited drum kit both to the specified destination and drum kit number 1. Link mode = indiv ............. Stores the edited drum kit only to the specified destination.

Chain Store Mode Enter the Chain Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Chain Edit mode or from Chain Play mode.
DRUM KIT

CHAIN
TRIGGER

Store CH to 1

CHAIN

VOICE

SONG

UTILITY
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

PATTERN

STORE

69

Feature Reference — Store Mode

Storing Procedures
The steps to store data apply for both the drum kit and chain. Here the drum kit display will be used as an example. ! Choose the drum kit (or chain) number for the destination by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
DRUM KIT
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Store DK to
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

10

" Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n.”
DRUM KIT

Store DK
CLICK
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

Sure?y/n

# Press the +1/YES button to store the drum kit (or chain) to the specified destination drum kit (or chain number). The LCD will flash “complete” momentarily and the display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode. Press the -1/NO button to cancel. The display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode.
ATo enter a different mode without storing the data, simply press the DRUM KIT, CHAIN, SONG, or PATTERN buttons.

Copying the Drum Kit or Chain
Use the store function to copy a drum kit or chain to a different number. This is convenient in creating a new drum kit or chain based on an existing drum kit or chain. ! Select the drum kit (or chain) number of the copy source in Drum Kit Play (or Chain Play) mode. " Press the STORE button to enter Store mode. # Select the number (copy destination) and execute the store operation. This will copy the drum kit (or chain).
○ ○

70

.. there are 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns to choose from...... Change the tempo or chord. Section 6 sections are available for each style. ENDING ... It can be used for the basic verse and chorus structure of a pattern.. This section continues to MAIN B.. adjust the volume of each part.. This is the alternative section.118) to “off”. The following 2 transmission sections play immediately when selected: FILL AB .... To keep the drum kits from changing automatically. You can also mute parts that are not necessary.. Used for the introduction of the pattern. Style Style refers to the music category of the pattern. It can be used to bridge patterns. Used to make the transition between the verse/chorus section and the bridge section.. switch sections--a variety of patterns are available for any kind of performance you like.. FILL BA .. The preset patterns have the following six sections programmed: MAIN A .Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E The Concept of “pattern” Track Structure Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: chord.... This is the default section.. A section is a music component combined to create a music piece. and rhythm. ADrum kits are programmed to change in a present pattern.. Select a section for a style to make a preset pattern..... MAIN B . bass. Used to make the transition back to the verse/chorus section.... Set the parameter “RecvCh10 PC” on the 17th display page in Utility mode (P... This section continues to MAIN A.... 71 . M AHA DRU Chord Bass Rhythm Types of Patterns Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns. This mode can be applied in thousands of ways.. You can practice rhythm by playing the pads to a pattern... Ends the pattern play when completed.. INTRO .. This section continues to MAIN A... ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DT X YA Pattern Play Mode In this mode. There are 110 different styles and 6 sections for each style.

press the PATTERN button again. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT Acoustic PATTERN MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA RP Hop MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A PATTERN STORE AYou may inadvertently enter the Pattern Job mode if you press the PATTERN button 2 times. This button switches between Pattern Play mode and Pattern Job mode. User patterns do not have sections as preset patterns do. A It is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE¡ and Page⁄ buttons. but you can specify any user pattern as a section (INTRO. If this should happen. Selecting a Pattern ○ Select a preset pattern by choosing a combination of one style and one section from the 110 styles and 6 sections. 660 preset patterns 110 styles × 6 sections INTRO MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA ENDING Selected pattern 100 user patterns store within the DTX Entering Pattern Play Mode Press the PATTERN button. DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DRUM KIT TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT Acoustic PATTERN MEASURE CLICK CHAIN VOICE RP Hop SONG UTILITY MISC. etc.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode User Patterns User patterns refer to empty memory space (111 to 210) where you can create your own pattern. AThe Pattern Play mode is displayed in the same format as Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode). It is possible to combine the styles and sections of the preset pattern in 660 ways.). 72 . User patterns do not have sections as the preset styles or patterns do. ! Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT A The style number is automatically selected and blinks in Pattern Play mode. FILL.

CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A Data focus area Section AYou can also switch the style number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.. Style (and user pattern) numbers: Preset style: 1 to 110 User pattern: 111 to 210 # Select the section after you have selected a preset style. FILL BA. The style you have selected will automatically be set to the default tempo that matches the style when the Tempo mode in Utility mode is set to “pattern” (P. FILL AB. A The user pattern does not have a section. Style number DRUM KIT Style name Tempo TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 PATTERN MEASURE CLICK Beat Measure Click RP Hop MISC. if you have entered Pattern Play mode from Song Play mode. The data display (lower part of the LCD) shows the configuration of the currently selected rhythm. DRUM KIT PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B TEMPO BEAT PAGE AGE PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A PAGE AGE MAIN B GM std 1 PATTERN MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING + DA RaveQ FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING MISC. Press the MAIN A. MAIN B. MAIN B. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN B TEMPO SHIFT TEMPO SHIFT While holding the SHIFT button.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the style number. or ENDING 73 . Selections Sections: MAIN A.123). or ENDING buttons while holding SHIFT to select the section. However. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. INTRO. Therefore.. the section will not appear if you have selected user pattern. the styles and sections used in the song you used in Song Play mode will be selected. FILL AB. INTRO. FILL BA. AThe Pattern Play mode automatically selects the MAIN A section.

AThe number of measures of differ for each pattern. The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the pattern that is playing. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ CLICK AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. The tempo will not change. The measure number focus area will indicate the measure number currently playing. " Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the pattern.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Playing a Pattern ! Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern. Switch the style or section to the beginning of a new pattern. PAUSE Button Press the PAUSE button to pause the playing of a pattern. A“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern. CLICK 74 . If a one-measure pattern is playing. The DTX will automatically return to the beginning of the pattern. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 2nd beat 3rd beat 4th beat AYou can switch to a different pattern while a pattern is playing." the metronome sound of the click will also play. 123) in Utility mode is "on. LCD Display (during performance) The beat indicator will flash to the tempo as shown below. The LED above the START/STOP button turns off. The playing resumes from where it took off when the PAUSE button is pressed again. Chord focus area (root) (type) (on-bass) DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 PATTERN MEASURE CLICK Measure number focus area 1st beat Cmin7 _ _ Beat indicator MISC. this focus area will not change from “1”. Press continuously to fast forward or rewind rapidly. CLICK FAST FORWARD and REWIND Buttons The FAST FORWARD and REWIND buttons steps the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the pattern is stopped and is not playing. The chord focus area will show the chord name of the pattern currently playing.

AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. Be aware that the functions and operation of these sliders will differ according to the Slider mode settings of the system items in Utility mode (P. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. click. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE MAX FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING + MIN MASTER VOL.) volume slider to control the metronome click. The slider settings of this mode are as follows: Accompaniment (chord and bass): Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider to control the accompaniment. Snare: Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the snare (including snare sounds input from pads). PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE MAX FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING + MIN MASTER VOL.116). ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ CLICK MAX MIN MASTER VOL. See above. You can also balance the volume between the pattern and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a pattern. Click: Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC. TEMPO SHIFT Kick: Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the kick (including kick sounds input from pads) of the rhythm. MAX MIN MASTER VOL. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 75 . AUX IN ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or the CLICK (KICK/MISC.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Volume Adjustment Master Volume Adjustment The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire pattern. (other instruments) parts (P. TEMPO SHIFT ABy setting the Slider mode in Utility mode to live (live mode). AThe MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit input from the pads. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. you can control the volume of the CYMBAL and MISC. The default Slider mode is set to practice (practice mode).) volume slider on the front panel to adjust the volume. MAX MIN MASTER VOL. Adjusting the Volume of Each Part Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass). or rhythm.116).

Move the cursor to the tempo focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. once you select a different pattern. 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16) 76 . the metronome will automatically synchronize to the tempo of the pattern. ! Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. you can control the beat of the click.) volume slider to control the volume of the click. the tempo will remain the same while selecting different patterns. ○ ○ CLICK " Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome. AIf you press the CLICK button while a pattern is playing. Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat. The LED above the CLICK button will flash to the current tempo. even if you change the tempo. the tempo will return to the default value of the newly selected pattern.75 above for details. By setting the Tempo mode in the SEQ sub-mode of Utility mode to “global”. Adjusting the Volume (click) Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC. Refer to P. Therefore. 1/8 to 16/8. you can control the tempo in the same way as in adjusting the tempo of a pattern.123 for details on this function. TEMPO BEAT 1 MEASURE CLICK eQ Settings: 1/4 to 8/4. Refer to “Adjusting the Tempo” above.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Adjusting the Tempo Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not. you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF by pressing the CLICK button. you can change the tempo. Refer to P. Adjusting the Tempo (click) Regardless of whether the click is playing or not. Setting the Beat of the Click Regardless of whether the click is playing or not. TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ td 1 MEASURE CLICK aveQ Settings: [= 30 to 299 AEach pattern has a default tempo value. Click (metronome) Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not.

(other instruments). you can mute each part and the LED above each button turns off. the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up. press the same button while holding SHIFT. By pressing the same button again. or MISC. The LCD will hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. 3 16th note triplet Muting or Soloing Each Track This function enables you to mute each part of a pattern. In the opposite manner. TEMPO BEAT 1 MEASURE CLICK eQ Settings: quarter note. SNARE. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO Muting each Rhythm Part AYou can also mute the RHYTHM. PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE AGE TR1 MISC. or bass. Muting By pressing the BASS. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice.19. 77 . Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. you can also listen to each solo (individual part) using this function. TR1 MISC. TR2 CYMBAL FILL AB FILL BA DRUM KIT CHAIN −1/NO +1/YES 1/NO 1/YES INTRO ENDING + BASS RHYTHM TEMPO TMP TR SNARE BEAT PAT TR KICK ROCK1 CHORD MEASURE QUANT. eighth note. rhythm. chord. CYMBAL. SOLO CHO INPUTTR CLICK TEMPO SHIFT PATTERN SONG RBMotrCC The snare is muted. or MISC. CYMBAL. 87 for details on the data focus area. 3 eighth note triplet. or RHYTHM buttons. Press the SNARE. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A OFF 3 MUTE ARefer to P. CHORD. This is convenient especially during rhythm practice where you can mute a snare or kick part and play your pad instead. KICK. MISC. KICK. (other instruments) buttons while holding SHIFT to mute each rhythm part. 3 quarter note triplet. To cancel. 16th note. you can change the quantization of the click.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Setting the Quantization Regardless of whether the click is playing or not.

AG. SOLO CHO TR INPUT CLICK RBMotrCC The snare is playing solo. or MISC. CYM. E. CG. ! Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons. Settings: Root: C. B 78 . F. FG. CG. You can play each part of the rhythm solo to check a voice or rhythm configuration. MISC. D. DG.79 for details on chord types. $ Move the cursor to the on-bass focus area and select a bass note to play with the chord (if necessary). " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the root of the chord. DG. To cancel the solo. GG. F. CYMBAL SNARE KICK −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT A“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern. TR1 MISC. press SOLO again and the DTX will return to Pattern Play mode. G. A. FG. # Move the cursor to the chord type focus area and select a chord type. A. The LCD will hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will appear on the right side of the rhythm track. E.Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Solo Solo refers to the function that plays a single part and mutes the others. Chord Root type On-bass PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ PAGE PATTERN FILL AB FILL BA MEASURE CLICK Cmin7 _ _ MISC. D. On-bass: C. button while holding SOLO to mute the other parts. B Chord type: There are 26 types of chords. AG. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A OFF 3 MUTE MUTE MUTE Selecting the Chords You can select the chords of the accompaniment while playing a pattern. GG. KICK. TR2 CYMBAL TR1 MISC. Press the SNARE. Refer to P. G. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR DRUM KIT CHAIN KICK + BASS RHYTHM TEMPO TMP TR SNARE BEAT PAT TR KICK ROCK1 CHORD SOLO PATTERN SONG CHO TR CHORD MEASURE QUANT.

..... minor..... Chord List (root=C) Name on the LCD Maj7 Major seventh Maj Major 6th Sixth m711 Major seventh added eleventh Maj9 Major ninnth add9 Added ninth min Minor min6 Minor sixth min7 Minor seventh m7 ♭5 Minor seventh flatted fifth mM7 Minor major seventh min9 Minor ninth mad9 Minor added ninth 7th Seventh 7 ♯5 Seventh augmented 7 ♭9 Seventh flatted ninth 7th9 Seventh ninth 7 ♯9 Seventh sharp ninth 7♯11 Seventh added sharp eleventh 7♭13 Seventh added flatted thirteenth 7 13 Seventh added thirteenth 7su4 Seventh suspended fourth sus4 Suspended fourth dim Diminished aug Augmented –––– The chord recorded to a user pattern is played back.. The type (e. 79 ... The DTX enables you to specify a chord to the current pattern simply by selecting the root and type. Root ... The low bass note to use when you want to produce a chord with a bass note other than the root..... etc. An on-bass note can be used when necessary......Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode Chords The chords are abreviated as listed below...) of the chord. The bass note of the chord.. Chord type .. On-bass . major...g.

# Select a recording track: (P.71). M AHA DRU Recording ! Getting prepared: (P.83) Set the number of measures of the pattern you are going to record. & Set the beat (time signature): (P.82) Select the type of recording (real-time or step recording) when you are using a rhythm track. chord.84) Record your performance from an external MIDI keyboard or pad. ( Set the quantization: (P. $ Select the type of recording: (P.82) Set the tempo of the pattern you are going to record. .81) Enter the Pattern Record mode (Record-ready). AIf you choose step recording to record a rhythm track. You can create patterns by real-time recording: hitting connected pads or playing a connected MIDI keyboard. ) Record in real-time: (P.84) Set the quantization value. or step recording: inputting notes one after another one step at a time.83) Set the beat of the pattern you are going to record. " Standby: (P. % Set the tempo: (P.81) Select the track (chord/bass/rhythm) you want to record. Step recording makes it possible to input rather complex beats which would be difficult to play in real time. you can input the data for each step while checking the LCD of the DTX (P.Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E 80 DT X YA Pattern Record Mode You can records original patterns to user pattern numbers 111 to 210.85). AThis step is not required if you are only recording the chord or bass track where you can only record in real-time.81) Select the user pattern number to record your original pattern in Pattern Play mode. ' Set the number of measures: (P. and bass (P. Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: rhythm. A It is also necessary to select the drum kit (normal) and keyboard voice you want to use before you record.

Press the CHORD. The MIDI Channel and Recorded Voices Select a drum kit you want to record on the 6th page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording to the rhythm track. Refer to (P. BASS.72). 3. TEMPO BEAT ○ Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT.92)for details on how to select the drum kit.92 for details on how to select a voice. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO 81 . ○ TR1 MISC.Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode 1. This is convenient when you want to create a pattern from scratch. Getting Ready to Record Select a user pattern number (111 to 210) in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Record mode (P. AYou can erase all of the data in the currently selected user pattern just by pressing the RECORD button while holding SHIFT. Refer to P. The DTX will go into record-ready mode. Stand-by By pressing the RECORD button. Select a keyboard voice voice from 128 types in the 6th display page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording the voice to a chord or bass track. A chord track is recorded through MIDI channel 5 and a bass track through MIDI channel 7. you will enter Pattern Record mode and the DTX will stand by for recording. CLICK MISC. If you are using a MIDI keyboard. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 2. The red LED above the RECORD button will light up. CYMBAL SNARE KICK REC Mode OFF AAn empty user pattern will automatically be selected even when a preset pattern is selected and the Record Button is pressed. or RHYTHM button to choose the track for recording and the LED above the button will light up. you can record to the rhythm track by connecting the MIDI keyboard to channel 10. Selecting a Track Select a track for recording.

Move the cursor to the type of recording focus area and choose the type by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. REC Mode MISC. " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -/NO buttons to set the tempo. Skip this step and move on to step 5.Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode 4. ! Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area. 5. Recording method TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. 82 . skip to P. Setting the Tempo ○ Set the tempo for real-time recording. you can choose the type of recording. If you have selected step recording. This method is the same as recording a chord track or bass track. Step Rec (step recording): A type of recording where you specify each drum voice to a beat one at a time while checking the data focus area on the LCD. REC Mode MISC.85. CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF The following operations are necessary for real-time recording. TEMPO BEAT Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. Selecting the Type of Recording *This step is not necessary if you have chosen a chord track or bass track to record. CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299 A You can only set the tempo of a pattern that does not contain any data. If you have chosen the rhythm track to record. You can choose from the following: Real-time: A recording to record the input from pads or drums connected to the DTX.

CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF Settings: 1 to 8 AYou can only set the number of measures of a pattern that does not contain any data. REC Mode MISC. 1/8 to 16/8. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16).Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode 6. 1/4 to 8/4 AYou can only set or record the beat of a pattern that does not contain any data. REC Mode MISC. TEMPO BEAT Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. Setting the Beat (time signature) Set the beat of the pattern you are recording. TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. Move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the number of measures. 83 . Setting the Number of Measures Set the length of the recorded pattern using measures as units. Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat. 7.

The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. For example. CLICK MISC. 16th note. PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. and the DTX will countdown two measures before beginning to record. you can record your hi-hat sound precisely to the eighth note by setting the quantization value to the eighth note. 3 quarter note triplet. eighth note. TEMPO BEAT Realtime PATTERN MEASURE QUANT. ! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once. Real-time Recording Real-time recording allows you to record a pattern as you play the external MIDI keyboards or drum pads in real-time. CYMBAL SNARE KICK OFF Settings: OFF. if you want to record directly from a hi-hat on the eighth note. 3 16th note triplet AThe finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF. which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note. Pick the shortest quantization in the piece used for the phrase or rhythm you are recording. Move the cursor to the QUANT. Quantization helps to produce a “tight” recording by automatically aligning notes to the nearest specified beat as you record. 9. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P. TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ Record. focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization. quarter note.. REC Mode MISC.91). ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ The quantization set here will be the minimum unit of the recording data. CYMBAL SNARE KICK REC Mode OFF 84 . Setting the Quantization Set the quantization values for the recording.Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode 8. 3 eighth note triplet.

AThe recording to the chord track is executed through MIDI channel 5.19... The DTX will return to Pattern Play mode..) you have played will appear in the data focus area of the LCD after recording a rhythm track. Indicates the number of the user pattern currently designated for recording... The LED above the CLICK button and the START/STOP button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the recording...... Pattern number Drum voice name TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 0-0-00 PATTERN MEASURE QUANT.. and the rhythm track through MIDI channel 10.. or other parts onto the track while checking the measure number. Indicates the quantization value (note length). SNARE... CYMBAL...Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode A The LED above the CLICK button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the countdown... Indicates the present position of drum voice to input or clear... Refer to P.. Indicates the current beat.. the LCD will display “Wait. The LED above the button will light up and the DTX will enter Step Recording mode. Drum voice name ... Getting Ready to Record (P..... Quantization . the bass track through MIDI channel 7. Step Recording (for rhythm track only) Step recording can be used to record the rhythm track. Measure number . 85 ... 87 for further details on the data focus area... AThe data of each part (KICK.. the display shows “--------”... The cursor can be moved by a quantization value at a time.. MISC. Displays the voice name currently being used.. you can record the snare drum.. Location pointer . ! Follow steps 1. CYMBAL SNARE KICK -------- OFF Location pointer Data focus area Measure/Beat/Clock .. Beat Measure number Quantization Pattern number Beat Indicator MISC.. Displays the input data with dots..82) and press the START/STOP button.. This allows you to input each beat one step at a time while checking the structure in the data focus area. Once the DTX has looped back to the beginning of the first measure.... " By pressing the START/STOP button. Pattern number .. Selecting the Type of Recording (P.” and the recording will end. hi-hat... Indicates the present position. 81) and 4. If there is no voice recorded at this location. Beat Indicator .... Indicates the number of the present measure... Data focus area ...

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

" Move the cursor to the quantization focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the quantization (note length) of the drum voice by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and 1/NO buttons. Hereafter, you can move the cursor by the quantization value you have selected.
TEMPO BEAT

0-0-00
PATTERN MEASURE QUANT.

-------MISC.

OFF

Settings: OFF,

quarter note,

3

quarter note triplet,

eighth note,

3

eighth note triplet,

16th note,

3

16th note triplet

A The finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note. AThe location of the beat indicator will change depending on the quantization level you have selected.

# Move the location pointer to the location where you want to input a drum voice using the FORWARD or REWIND button. You can also move the location pointer a measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.
The quantization is set to the eighth note.
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

The quantization is set to the quater note.
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

A The cursor can also be moved by a quantization value at a time.

$ Play the pad or MIDI keyboard corresponding to the drum voice you want to input. The voice name of the input will appear and the data will appear in the data focus area in the form of a small square dot.
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

A The drum voice appears on the LCD categorized in 4 tracks: KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other instruments). AThe MIDI keyboard will be recorded through MIDI channel 10.

Erasing a Mistake To erase a voice you have entered by mistake, take the following steps: 1 2 Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position above the dot (note indicator) position of the drum voice you want to erase. Press the ERASE button. And the mistake will be erased.

86

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

% Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the necessary drum voices in the appropriate positions. & Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Pattern Play mode. Sample: 8-beat drum pattern When an 8-beat drum pattern is entered, the LCD will display:
1st beat Hi-hat Snare Kick 2nd beat 3rd beat 4th beat

MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK

C Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

87

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

M

TRIG GE

R

MO

D UL

E

Entering Pattern Job Mode
Press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode.
DRUM KIT
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation)
The Pattern Job mode consists of 7 display pages.
Page number Function name
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

88

DT

X

YA

Pattern Job Mode
This mode has various supporting functions to create a pattern: name a recorded pattern, quantize, copy, or clear a pattern.

M

AHA DRU

TRIGGER

Copy Pat
PATTERN

CHAIN

VOICE

RP Hop
SONG UTILITY
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK
MAIN A

PATTERN

STORE

A Select the user pattern in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Job mode. A When the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Refer to P.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter.

Copy Pat
PATTERN

RP Hop
MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK
MAIN A

! Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. " Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons. # Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. $ Execute the function: Execute quantization or copy.
A Some display pages may not require step 4.

..91) 3 CrTrNote: Clears a specific note .......... (P....92) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 89 ......Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode Functions of Each Page 1 Copy (Pat/Dest): Pattern copy ...........................................................................................................................92) 5 ClearPat: Clears a pattern .....91) 4 ClrTrack: Clears a track ..................................... (P...................................... (P.............................. bass or rhythm track................ (P......................................90) 2 Quantize: Quantization .........92) 7 Pat Name: Pattern name ..................................................................... (P..................................................... (P............92) 6 Ch/Ba/Ry Voice: Selects the voices of a chord................................................................. (P...................

Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and the display will return to the first page. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CopyDest PATTERN Init Pat MISC. user pattern (111 to 210). RP FunkS MISC. Copy destination: user pattern (111 to 210).Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode 1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy This copies a specific preset or user pattern to a different user pattern number.73) before selecting a preset style to copy. $ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. The display will return to the original (Copy Pat display page). ! Choose the preset style or user pattern by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. 90 . CYMBAL SNARE KICK Copy Pat PATTERN RP FunkS MISC.” Copy Pat PATTERN Sure?y/n MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: Copy source: preset style (1 to 110) x 6 sections. This is convenient in creating a new pattern based on an existing pattern. A It is necessary to specify the section (P. Copy Pat PATTERN " Press the START/STOP button to select the CopyDest (copy destination) of the user pattern. # Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the number of the user pattern. CYMBAL SNARE KICK % Press the +1/YES button to copy.

Tr&Value MISC. 3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) This clears the specific note from an entire track.” $ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the display will return to the original Quantize display page. 16th note. or RHYTHM button of the track containing the note you want to clear and the LED above will light up. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. note name or octave number.Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode 2 Quantize (quantization) This function quantizes each track of the currently selected pattern. ! Press the CHORD. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note you want to clear. BASS. eighth note triplet. BASS. the data is revised and is irretrievable. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the quantize. 3 16th note triplet 3 AOnce you quantize the track. Settings: Quantize: OFF. the LCD will display the specific note number and note name of the note that will be cleared. the quantization function automatically aligns a note to the nearest specified beat. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization. As described on P. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Quantize PATTERN QUANT.” $ Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original CrTrNote display page. 3 eighth note. quarter note. CYMBAL SNARE KICK # Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. 91 . ! Press the CHORD.84. A You can also move the cursor to the note number. # Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. or RHYTHM button of the track you want to quantize and the LED above will light up. CrTrNote PATTERN Note number Note name Octave number = 60 C 3 MISC. " By hitting the connected pad or playing the note on the connected MIDI keyboard. TR1 MISC. quarter note triplet.

number. bass or rhythm track for the currently selected pattern. CYMBAL SNARE KICK " Move the cursor to the Program Change Number and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the voice or drum kit you want to use for the track.Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode 4 ClrTrack (clears a track) This clears all the data on the specified track within the currently selected pattern. 5 ClearPat (clear pattern) This clears all the data within the currently selected user pattern. You can clear all the user patterns by selecting “ClearAll”. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.” # Press the +1/YES button to clear the track and the display will return to the original ClrTrack page. ! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user pattern or “Clear All”. ! Press the CHORD. 7 Pat Name (pattern name) Use up to 8 letters to name the pattern The alphabet. AThe “ClearAll” command is located after user pattern number 220.35 for details. rhy Program change numbers: 0 to 128 ARefer to P. bass or rhythm track) This selects the voices of a chord. or RHYTHM button of the track you want to clear and the LED above will light up. BASS. Refer to P. Chord track voice selecting Track ClrTrack PATTERN SetTrack MISC.143 for details about the voice list. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Pgm= cho Program Change Number Voice Name PATTERN Ocarina Bass track voice selecting " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. Track Pgm=bass Profgram Change Number Voice Name PATTERN SlapBas2 Rhythm track voice selecting Track Pgm= rhy Program Change Number PATTERN GM std 1 Drum Kit Name ClearPat PATTERN Init Pat MISC. C Turning the power OFF while recording. Settings: Track: cho.120 “9 P/C¡KIT” for details about the program change number of each drum kit. ARefer to P. ! Move the cursor to the track display and select the track of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/YES or -1/NO buttons. may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data. or symbol to use is the same as naming the drum kit. erasing. or copying.” # Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original ClearPat page. " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. 6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. bass. 92 .

chord. Create backing tracks by setting the pattern. A The preset song contains drum kits which are set in advance and generate appropriate sounds. Backing Tracks The backing consists of 3 tracks: pattern (PAT TR). and tempo). and tempo (TMP TR). chord (CHO TR).101 to 130). change the settings on the 17th display page (RecvCh 10PC) in Utility mode (P. It is easy to create a song with an irregular beats or a song with ritardando or accelerando settings. To keep the drum kit from automatically switching. Types of Songs You can create a total of 30 songs (No. 93 .118). and tempo changes in sequential order. By using the mute function you can easily create a minus-one playback and practice a drum or keyboard part to your original song previously created as well as synchronize with other connected digital devices at a live performance.1 to 100). The DTX also comes with 100 preset songs (No. M AHA DRU Sequence track (Record melody lines or obligatos using a MIDI keyboard) TR1 (track 1) TR2 (track 2) Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Chord Bass Rhythm Pattern 3 Chord Bass Rhythm Pattern track Chord track (Chord progression) Tempo track Chord Bass Rhythm Backing track C G F Sequence Tracks You can record a melody or obligato to each sequence track in real-time just as you would record a track on a sequencer.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E The Concept of “song” Track Structure The song consists of 5 tracks: 2 sequence tracks (TR1 and TR2) and 3 backing tracks (pattern. chord. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DT X YA Song Play Mode Use this mode to select and play from 100 preset songs and 30 user songs.

If a user pattern is used in the current measure. AIt is also possible to move up and down the LCD using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode Entering Song Play Mode Press the SONG button. The rhythm data of the current measure will appear in the form of small square dots on the LCD data focus area. Selecting a Song ! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the song number focus area. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Data focus area Section The selected song will be set to a preset tempo.19. AThe Song Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode). Song number PAGE AGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B Song name TEMPO BEAT PAGE AGE DRUM KIT GM std 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA CityDogs MISC. Refer to P. The modes will change alternately each time you press this button. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN TTERN STORE A You may inadvertently enter Song Job mode if you press the SONG button twice. " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the song number. the section will not appear on the LCD. Song number DRUM KIT Song name Tempo TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK Beat Measure number Click CityDogs MISC. Selections: Preset song: 1 to 100 User song: 101 to 130 AThe section name of the current measure will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. CYMBAL SNARE KICK −1/NO 1/NO INTRO +1/YES 1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT A The song number focus area automatically blinks in Song Play mode. Press the SONG button again to return to Song Play mode. 94 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . DRUM KIT DRUM KIT TRIGGER TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK CHAIN VOICE CityDogs SONG UTILITY MISC. 87 for further details about the data focus area.

" the metronome sound of the click will also play. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ CLICK AWhen the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. The LED above the START/STOP button will turn off. section. and tempo of the first measure. CLICK FORWARD and REWIND Buttons The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the cursor to the measure where you want to start the song. 95 . AThe “Beat” indicator will flash to the tempo (P. The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the song that is playing. " Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the song. The song will automatically return to the beginning of the song. The MEASURE focus area will show the measure number currently playing. The song will start where it stopped when the PAUSE or the START/STOP button is pressed again.74) while the song is playing. PAUSE button Press the PAUSE button to pause the song. Song number Song name Tempo TEMPO BEAT DRUM KIT GM std 1 SONG MEASURE Measure number CLICK CLICK MISC.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode Playing a Song ! Press the START/STOP button to play a song. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CityDogs Data focus area Section MAIN A AYou can also change the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. 123) in Utility mode is "on. The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the song is not playing . The LCD will show the style.

When you select a different song. You can also balance the volume between the song and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a song. A The MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit played and input from the pads. Click (metronome) ○ Regardless of whether the song is playing or not. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299 A The tempo adjustment is temporary. click.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode Volume Adjustment Master Volume Adjustment The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire song. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ MAX MIN MASTER VOL.75 for details. Refer to P. tempo. you can change the tempo. Adjusting the Tempo ○ Regardless of whether the song is playing or not. Adjust the volume in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. AUX IN ACCOMP CLICK SNARE/CYMBAL KICK/MISC. you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF by pressing the CLICK button.76 for details. PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT GM std 1 SONG MEASURE CLICK FILL AB FILL BA CityDogs MISC. or beat of the click are the same as in Pattern Play mode. 96 . or rhythm independently. the tempo will restore the default tempo. Volume Adjustment of Each Part Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass). Refer to P. The steps to set the volume. Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Refer to P.. the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up. when the rhythm (drum) is recorded on MIDI channel 10 and the bass is recorded on MIDI channel 7 or parts of a chord are recorded on other channels respectively. Groove Check Function *This function can also be used in Pattern Play Mode. By pressing the same button again. By pressing the same button again. DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT GroovChk SONG MEASURE CLICK dif:+00 MISC.77 for details. or bass.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MAIN A 97 . You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. Muting By pressing the TR1. This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick.. BASS and CHORD buttons. each part and the LED above each button turns off. AYou can also mute each part or play a single part of the rhythm in Track 1 when Track 1 is used as the rhythm track for MIDI channel 10 .. The Groove Check Function consists of the following 2 modes: Single Mode . the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up. that is a difference in timing (how the pad or drum attack delays from the exact timing) of the song (or pattern) beat. comparing each input from the pad or drum to the song (or pattern) beat. chord. The LCD displays the difference (in clock units) of the timing. it is possible to mute each part by pressing the corresponding RHYTHM.. or RHYTHM buttons you can mute.. The finest groove check level depends on the quantization of the click.. TR2.. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ TR1 MISC.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode Muting or Soloing Each Track This function enables you to mute the tracks of a song : TR1/2(tracks 1 or 2). TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO A On TR1 (track 1). each rhythm part in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. This is a unique feature of the Yamaha DTX which enables you to check the “groove” feeling. rhythm. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. CHORD..... BASS.. The Mute/Solo of each Rhythm Part AYou can also mute or solo play individually.

.. 3 16th note triplet # Play the pad or drum to the song (or pattern). The LCD analyses the difference of the timing and displays the percentage (%). TEMPO BEAT ave:+00% SONG MEASURE CLICK dsp: 00% MISC.. 98 . 3 quarter note triplet.... 16th note. 3 eighth note triplet. Press the RECORD button again to clear all of the current data. Settings: Quantization: quarter note. This mode averages the difference and sets the 16th note quantization as 100%. eighth note... $ The results of Groove Check will appear on the LCD for each mode in real-time... CLICK " Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization which becomes the finest Groove Check level. CYMBAL SNARE KICK A Select the groove check mode on the Groove Check display page of the SEQ items in Utility Mode in advance. Operating the Groove Check Mode ! Press the RECORD button while playing a song (or pattern). % The Group Check function will be canceled when you stop playing by pressing the START/STOP button.Feature Reference — Song Play Mode Average Mode .

" Set the quantization (P.105) ! Set the tempo (P. Real-time Recording (Recording to track 1 or 2) (P.106) Record from the external MIDI keyboard. " Play the external MIDI keyboard and record the melody or obligato to the 2 sequence tracks in real-time. # Select a recording track: (P. # Select the starting point (P. chord. track 1/2) you want to record to.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E DT X YA Song Record Mode Use this mode to record original songs to user song numbers 101 to 130. Create a song using the following steps: M AHA DRU ! Line up the necessary patterns by step recording and set the chord progression by assigning the chords to the backing track.100) Enter Song Record mode. Step Recording (Recording to a Chord or Bass Track)(P.105) Set the tempo of the real-time recording. The type of recording depends on the selected track. Recording Procedures ! Getting prepared: (P. 104) Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX. 99 .100) Select the user song number to record your original song in Song Play mode. tempo.106) Select the measure number of the starting point. $ Record (P. " Stand-by: (P.100) Select the track (pattern.105) Set the quantization value of the real-time recording.101. 103.

Getting prepared Select a user song number (101 to 130) in Song Play mode before entering Song Record mode (P. Press the track button: TR1. REC Mode MISC. The DTX will stand-by for recording and the red LED above the RECORD button will light up.94).110 for details on how to select the voices. Stand-by Press the RECORD button to enter Song Record mode. The normal keyboard voices used to record sequence tracks 1 or 2 can be selected from 128 voices on the 5th display page in Song Job mode. Step recording display TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ STEP REC SONG MEASURE CLICK MISC. ○ ○ TR1 MISC. 3. CYMBAL SNARE KICK REC Mode Real-time recording display TEMPO BEAT REALTIME SONG MEASURE QUANT. CYMBAL SNARE KICK AAn empty user song will automatically be selected even when a preset song is selected and the Record Button is pressed. PAT TR. it is necessary to select a keyboard voice. Also when you are using an external MIDI keyboard.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode 1. be sure to check the connection and match select the proper transmission channels to each track number. Refer to P. TMP TR. or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will light up. Selecting a Recording Track Select the track to record the song. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO 100 . ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 2. Voices used for the sequence tracks (Track 1 or 2) and MIDI channels: Before you enter Song Record mode and record a sequence track. TR2.

..........100) and press the START/STOP button.. & After you have finished entering the last pattern of the song.. Beat Measure number Pattern input CLICK MISC. Shows the beat of the pattern entered in this measure. Press the MAIN A.... or tempo tracks.. the section will not appear if you have selected a user pattern..... Shows the style or pattern number entered in this measure.... Select the “EndofSng” mark as you would the style or pattern number in step " above....... % Repeat steps ! to $ and enter the necessary patterns. Style or pattern number Style or pattern name TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Tempo PatTrRec SONG MEASURE QUANT.. ! Select PATTR (pattern track) according to step 3. chord.... the END mark will function as the repeat mark.... Displays the pattern data with dots... " Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the style or pattern number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons... # Continue to specify the section if you have selected a preset style.. Shows a “ ” when this measure contains a pattern.. Measure number .. Section ..... ABy entering an END mark the DTX will automatically stop at the mark when you are playing a song or recording in real-time...... CYMBAL SNARE KICK NYC BOYZ INTRO Data focus area Section Beat .... Style or pattern number .... FILL BA. If the song or pattern is looped.. Shows the style or pattern name entered in this measure. Tempo . Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX... MAIN B. Style or pattern name ..... Selecting a Recording Track (P........... Step Recording to a Pattern Track Input the necessary measure from preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) or user patterns......... $ Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to select the measure number to enter the next pattern.. The “EndofSng” mark is located after the last style number (211)..... Therefore..... Pattern input ... 101 . ' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode....... enter an “EndofSng” mark in the measure after the last.........Feature Reference — Song Record Mode Step Recording Use step recording to record pattern.... The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. INTRO........ FILL AB.. AThe user pattern does not have a section. Shows the tempo of this measure... Shows the section of the pattern entered in this measure. Shows the current position by measure.. or ENDING button while holding SHIFT to select the section.. A You can also select the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons... Data focus area ..... The LED above the button will light up and the LCD will display the Step Recording display page...

use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the position of the pattern you want to clear and select a different pattern.71 for further details on sections. PAGE ERASE MAIN A MAIN B PAGE FILL AB FILL BA −1/NO INTRO +1/YES ENDING TEMPO SHIFT Sample Structure of a Song Each preset style consists of 6 sections which can be connected to create a smooth piece of music. 102 . You can also erase the pattern of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button. MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A FILL AB Preset User MAIN B MAIN B MAIN B FILL BA MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A Your Original Fill-in Your Original pattern A Your Original pattern A Your Original pattern A ENDING “EndOfSng” mark ARefer to P. You can also create other patterns and store them as user patterns and insert them into the song structure to try out new ideas or create a new music piece.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode Erasing a Mistake To change a pattern that has been entered.

...... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots. You can move the cursor 1/16th note at a time.. Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current locationpointer position... Location pointer ... The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will turn to the Step Recording display page.......... Measure number .... simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area of the chord data you want to erase and select a different chord...... 103 ... " Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the root of the chord by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons........ Indicates the current input position..... TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CLICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO Type On-bass TEMPO BEAT Tempo Beat KyTypeOB SONG MEASURE Measure number Chord input Root Beat Indicator MISC. Root .... & Repeat steps ! to % and continue to enter the chords..... Shows a “ ” when the current location pointer position contains a chord.. Shows the chord type of the measure for the current locationpointer position... Shows the chord root of the measure for the current locationpointer position.) specify an on-bass chord...... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Cmin7 _ _ Location pointer Data focus area Beat focus area ........... Chord input . Tempo focus area ....... With this step you specify one chord....100) and press the START/STOP button.... To erase the chord data of the current measure simply by press the ERASE button. TR1 MISC... ! Select the CHO TR (chord track) according to step 3.. The display will return to Song Play mode.... Data focus area .... ' Press the START/STOP button after you have finished step recording.. Shows the measure number for the current locationpointer position... Type ... Shows the on-bass setting of the measure for the current locationpointer position.. # Move the cursor to the type focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the type of the chord. AYou can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.. Move the cursor to the on-bass chord focus area and select the bass note apart from the root note. $ (If necessary... Selecting a Recording Track (P...... On-bass ... Shows the tempo of the measure for the current locationpointer position..Feature Reference — Song Record Mode Step Recording to a Chord Track Enter the necessary chords from a selection of 26 types one step at a time..79 for details on chords......... % Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. ARefer to P. Erasing a Mistake To change a chord that has been entered.

..... Data input ........ Shows the measure number of the current location pointer position.. Shows the pattern tempo of the measure for the current location pointer position... The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will show the Step Recording display page.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode Step Recording to a Tempo Track Enter the tempo change data one step at a time by specifying two parameters: the quantity of the tempo change and the time required to change....... A You can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Shows the quantity of the tempo change entered into the current location pointer position.... Data focus area area ........ Location pointer .............. Shows the time required to change the tempo entered in the current location pointer position......... ! Select the TMP TR (tempo track) according to step 3........... Settings: Tempo change quantity: -128 to +127 104 .. Selecting a Recording Track(P... The value set in this focus area will be added or subtracted to the preset tempo value of the selected song.......100) and press the START/STOP button...... TR1 MISC...... This simplifies and smoothes the process of changing the speed of the tempo. Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots....... Tempo .... # Move the cursor to the tempo change quantity focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the tempo value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons... Indicates the location pointer position. TR2 CYMBAL BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO CLICK Tempo change time TEMPO BEAT Tempo Beat TempTime SONG MEASURE Measure number Data input Tempo change quantity Location pointer MISC..... Shows a “ ” when the current location pointer position contains tempo change data... The cursor can be moved by 1/16th note at a time.... Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current location pointer position........... Tempo change quantity ..... CYMBAL SNARE KICK 0 0 Data focus area Beat . Tempo change time .. Measure number . " Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position enter the tempo change data.

simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area of the tempo change data and enter the new data. Selecting a Recording Track (P. The quantization function automatically aligns notes to the nearest specified beat. 1 Setting the Tempo Set the tempo for real-time recording. Settings: Time required to change: 0 to 127 (beats) % Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position.100) and set the tempo or quantization value as required. you can change the default tempo of a song you have completed. Move the cursor to the QUANT focus area and set the quantization value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. TEMPO BEAT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ REALTIME SONG MEASURE QUANT. By using this function. You can move the cursor one 1/16th note at a time. You can also erase the tempo change of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode $ Move the cursor to the tempo change time focus area and set the number of beats (time) required to reach the tempo change value. You can record two sequence tracks: track 1 and track 2. Real-time Recording (Track 1 and 2 only) This is a recording method to record a rhythm part from a pad or a melody from a MIDI keyboard connected to the DTX in real-time. ! Press the TEMPO button or move the cursor to the tempo focus area using the Q cursor buttons. Settings: Tempo: [ = 30 to 299 BYou can change the tempo of a song which already has data. The value set here will be the initial tempo of the song. 2 Setting the Quantization Set the quantization before recording to tracks 1 or 2. ' Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode. " Set the tempo by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. 105 . Select TR1 (track 1) or TR2 (track 2) according to step 3. Erasing a Mistake To change the tempo change data that has been entered. & Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the tempo change data to the necessary positions. The quantization set here will be the minimum unit for the recorded data.

CTurning the power OFF while recording. CYMBAL 0 0 4 Real-time Recording Record a performance from an external MIDI keyboard in real-time. eighth note. ABeware that the data will replace the previous data and the previous data will be irretrievable. may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.109). You can also move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and select the measure by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. the pattern track recording will automatically stop at the mark.Feature Reference — Song Record Mode TEMPO BEAT REALTIME SONG MEASURE QUANT. 3 16th note triplet A The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the measure of the position and start recording. 3 Setting the First Measure You can specify the first measure and start recording.110 on how to select the voice or MIDI channel for tracks 1 and 2. The LEDs above both the CLICK button and the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo when you are recording. 3 quarter note triplet. TEMPO BEAT REALTIME SONG MEASURE QUANT. 3 eighth note triplet. erasing. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P. 16th note. ! Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once. ABy entering an END mark. the MIDI data from the external MIDI keyboard. It is recommended to use TR2 (track 2) when you are recording a rhythm part in real-time. or copying. The DTX will countdown two measures before beginning to record. ARefer to P. ARefer to P. The rhythm part on TR2 can be muted using the RHYTHM button. 0 Settings: Quantize: OFF. " Press the START/STOP button to exit recording and the display will return to Song Play mode. CLICK MISC.84 for details on quantization. 0 quarter note. Recording a rhythm part If you record a rhythm part (MIDI channel 10) to TR1 in real-time. 106 . the track will be muted when you mute the rhythm of the pattern track using the RHYTHM button. CLICK AThe LCD above the CLICK button will flash to the tempo when the DTX is counting the beat.

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Entering Song Job Mode Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode. Page number Function name ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ DT X YA Song Job Mode This mode has various supporting functions to create a song: naming a recorded song. " Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter. M AHA DRU TRIGGER CopySong SONG CHAIN VOICE InitSong SONG UTILITY MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE ASelect a user song in Song Play mode before entering the Song Job mode. or clearing a song. AWhen the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”. the DTX will display the page you selected the last time you edited. copying. Refer to P. $ Execute the function ASome pages may not require step 4. quantizing. # Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation) The Song Job mode consists of the following 11 pages. CopySong SONG InitSong MISC. setting the voice for each track. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ! Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. 107 .

................................108) 2 Quantize: quantization ............................... CYMBAL SNARE KICK " Press the START/STOP button to select the CopyDest (copy destination) of the user song..................................................................... CYMBAL SNARE KICK MISC.......... (P.................110) 8 PlayMode ...... user song (101 to 130)....................... Settings: Copy source: preset song (1 to 100). (P.............110) 7 PanCh (channel pan) .....................................111) AThe "6 VolCh (channel volume)" and "7 PanCh (channel pan)" are additional features of DTX version 2... Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details....... # Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the number of the user song..................................................109) 5 PgmCh: select the voice for each channel ......110) 9 B Lnr TR: bass linear track mode ..110) 6 VolCh (channel volume) ............................... (P......................................109) 3 ClrTrack: clear track ...................................... ! Choose the preset song or user song by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons............................................................... (P................................................................................... CopyDest SONG InitSong MISC......................... (P............................. This is convenient in creating a new song based on an existing song............ % Press the +1/YES button to copy... Copy destination: user song (101 to 130)........................................... (P... (P...0....................................................... Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and the display will return to the first page........................................................ CYMBAL SNARE KICK 108 ............................ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy This copies a specific preset song or user song to a different user song number.....................................................” CopySong Sure?y/n CopySong SONG CityDogs MISC........................ The display will return to the original (Copy Song display page)....111) 10 Pat Mute: pattern track mute mode ...................111) 11 SongName ......Feature Reference — Song Job Mode Functions of Each page 1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy .................. $ Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n.................. (P......... (P.....109) 4 Clr Song: clear song ............ (P... (P...............

The display will return to the first page. quarter note triplet. quarter note. # Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. CYMBAL SNARE KICK A Once you quantize the track. Tr&Value MISC. eighth note triplet. CYMBAL SNARE KICK CHORD CHO TR SOLO " Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to set the quantization. " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. As described on P. ! Select a track by pressing the TR1 or TR2 button and the LED above the track will light up. or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will light up. 109 . 3 ClrTrack (clear track) This clears all the data on the specified track within the currently selected song. You can clear all the user song by selecting “ClearAll”. Settings: Quantize: OFF. quantization automatically aligns a note to the nearest specified beat. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.” $ Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the display will return to the original Quantize page. TMP TR. 3 eighth note. Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. PAT TR. TR2 CYMBAL SONG SetTrack BASS TMP TR SNARE RHYTHM PAT TR KICK MISC. the data is revised and is irretrievable. CYMBAL SNARE KICK This clears all the data within the currently selected user song. 4 Clr Song (clear song) Quantize SONG QUANT. ! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user song or “ClearAll”. ClrTrack TR1 MISC. ! Press the track button you want to clear: TR1.Feature Reference — Song Job Mode 2 Quantize (quantization) This function quantizes the tracks (TR1 or TR2) of the currently selected song.84. The display will return to the first page. 16th note. TR2.” # Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original Clear Song page. 3 16th note triplet 3 Clr Song SONG InitSong MISC. AThe “ClearAll” command is located after user song number 130.” # Press the +1/YES button to clear and the display will return to the original ClrTrack page. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the quantize.

. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).. repeat A In order to apply this mode to a user song. and 10 (highlighted above). 7 PanCh (channel pan) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. CYMBAL SNARE KICK GrandPno " Move the cursor to the track display and select the channel of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/ YES or -1/NO buttons. repeats the song until it is stopped. The relation between the channel and each track is as shown in the following figure: Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch5: Chord Ch6: Chord Ch7: Chord Ch8 Ch9 Ch10: Rhythm Ch11 Ch12 Ch13 Ch14 Ch15 Ch16 8 PlayMode This sets the Play mode of the song playback. Settings: Play mode: one Way. Track 1 or Track 2 PlayMode SONG =one Way MISC.101) ! Move the cursor to the channel display and select the channel of the voice you want to set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/ YES or -1/NO buttons.92)..0.... CYMBAL SNARE KICK A MIDI channels 5 to 7..143 for details about the voice list..Feature Reference — Song Job Mode 5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel) This sets the voice for each channel within the currently selected song. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the Play mode. The following two modes are available: One Way . Repeat .. Settings: Voice numbers: 0 to 127 (GM system level 1) ARefer to P..0. Channel focus area PgmCh= 1 SONG Program change number Voice name MISC. 6 VolCh (channel volume) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.... Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package).. it is necessary to enter an END mark at the end of the pattern track (P. automatically stops the song after playing once. 10 can be set in Pattern Play mode (P. 110 .

the PAT TR (pattern track) is muted while the song is playing. Keep this mode OFF when not in use. A Turning the power OFF while recording. CYMBAL SNARE KICK B Lnr TR SONG =off MISC.132 for details on the relation between the MIDI channels and each part. Use up to 8 letters to name the song. Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons. may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data. off A Refer to P. or symbol to use is the same as naming the drum kit. each pattern of the BASS TR (bass track) is muted while the song is playing. off 11 SongName Setting: on. The alphabet. Pat Mute SONG =off MISC. The bass linear mode is a mode which enables you to record a bass part in advance to TR 1 or 2 (tracks 1 or 2) to use for unique music expressions featuring a bass line that cannot be executed by combining the preset patterns. This is used when you do not want to play back the pattern track while you are playing back a standard MIDI file through TR 1 or 2 (track 1 or 2). erasing. Keep this mode OFF when not in use. At the same time. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: on. 111 . 10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) This sets the pattern track mute mode ON or OFF. number. By turning this mode ON. By turning this mode ON. or copying.35 for details. Refer to P. The BASS button mutes the channel data of the bass part recorded in TR 1 or 2 (tracks 1 or 2). the TR 1 and 2 buttons will not mute the channel of the bass part. Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO buttons.Feature Reference — Song Job Mode 9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) This sets the bass linear track mode ON or OFF.

MULTI are the title pages that represent 5 sub-modes with the multiple display pages listed on the next page. $ Press the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons and return to the 1st display page of the sub-mode (title page) and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select a different sub-mode. ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Sub-mode number Parameter 112 DT X YA Utility Mode This mode sets the general parameters which affect the entire DTX system. AUse the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the appropriate focus area if there are multiple parameter focus areas on the diplay page. 24.Feature Reference — Utility Mode M TRIG GE R MO D UL E Entering Utility Mode Press the UTILITY button.MULTI). Each sub-mode contains multiple display pages of parameter settings. Display pages for sub-modes 1. AAny revision in Utility mode will directly change the settings of the DTX. M AHA DRU TRIGGER UTILITY [SYSTEM] CHAIN VOICE SONG UTILITY MISC. and 36. CYMBAL SNARE KICK PATTERN STORE UTILITY [SYSTEM] UTILITY [ MIDI ] UTILITY [ EQ ] UTILITY [ SEQ ] UTILITY [ MULTI] ! Select the sub-mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.SEQ. 29.EQ.SYSTEM. DRUM KIT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ The Utility Mode (page structure and operation) The Utility Mode has 5 sub-modes (1.MIDI.MIDI. 25. 9. " Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to move the cursor to the display page within the sub-mode you have selected. 12.SYSTEM.EQ.Furthermore.SEQ. you can return to the title page of the current category by pressing the UTILITY button. 20. # Set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. and 41. There is no confirmation process or Store function in this mode. .

................................................................. (P............................................................ (P.........................................................................................................114): Title Page 2 EditMode . (P............................. (P...................... (P....................................................................................................... (P. (P............................................ (P..........121) 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ...............................115) 5 SldrMode (slider mode) ...................................................116) 6 Bypass .......Feature Reference — Utility Mode Functions of Each Display Page Overall system settings 1 SYSTEM .............................................118) 17 RecvCh10 PC (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ...... (P.......................... (P..........................................................117) 9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) ....................................................................................................................................................122) 31 ClickMid .............................. high) ..................................................118) 18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) ..... (P........................................................................................ (P......... (P..................121) CLICK and synchronization related settings 29 SEQ (sequencer) ....................................................................................................................... (P.................................................................................117) 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive) ...................................................122) 32 Click Lo ........................................................................................117) MIDI related settings 12 MIDI .................................................................................121) 26 Lo Freq (low frequency) .............................................................123) 34 PlyClick (play click) ....................120) Equalizer settings 24 EQ (equalizer) ..................................118) 20 DumpTime ....................................115) 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ................................................................................ (P.........................121) 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................. (P..................................................................................... (P..... (P.............................117) 11 Dec Func (decrease function) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................118) 19 LocalClt (local control) ....... (P.....................116) 8 FCoffset ..................................................119) 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ....................117) 10 Inc Func (increase function) ................................................... (P................................................... (P................. (P.........118) 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) .......... (P.............................................................116) 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) .................... (P..... (P. mid......................................................................... (P...... (P..120): Title Page 25 Lo Mi Hi (gain: low........... (P........................................................................................119) 21 MergeOut ............123) 113 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ..... (P.......................................... (P....... (P.... (P...........117) 15 Receive PC (receiving program change) .................................122): Title Page 30 Click Hi .............................122) 33 ClickOut .............................................117): Title Page 13 DeviceNo (device number) ..........119) 23 P/C->KIT (program change table) .............................................................................. (P............... (P.........114) 3 LinkMode .............................................................................................

......... 16... advance ................. 1 SYSTEM The System sub-mode contains various convenient functions which affect the entire system..................... 17....126) 44 Volume .................... UTILITY [SYSTEM] MISC................. CYMBAL SNARE KICK EditMode =advance MISC.............. (P......... (P...128) 47 Rev Send (reverb send) ................ 20.........126): Title Page 42 MastTune (master tune) ................................................ 18....127) 45 Pan .............. A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons....... 2 EditMode This mode enables you to hide the pages of the functions that are not frequently used in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode............................... 24.. (P...... Select from 11 display pages using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to change the parameters which adjust the LCD display or panel sliders...................... (P..............125) 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) .........123) 36 Count............. (P................ Displays all pages............................................................. The settings will still function although the display pages are not displayed..... (P................... 20...... 18...... 17................Feature Reference — Utility Mode 35 Tempo ................. 14....................... easy ........................................................... 16............................127) 46 Pitch . Pages 9.......... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: easy........124) 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ............... 22...... Select the edit mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons... (P.......................................................................... (P....0....................126) 43 Program .............................................123) 37 GrvCheck (groove check) ....... 19.......... 27....................................... 13...... 23................" and "11 Dec Func (decrease function)" are additional features of DTX version 2.............. 21...............125) Multi-timbre tone generator settings 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ................ 15.....................................................128) A The "9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)... and 21 will not be displayed in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.............. 26................................................................................... 19. (P......................... (P....................." "10 Inc Func (increase function). The following two modes are available........................... Display pages 12............................................ (P...... Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details. (P.......................... 12..................... 29 and 31 will not be displayed in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.............................................. (P...........124) 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ..................................................... advance 114 .................

. FC Sensitivity..... it is possible to set this mode independently... PAD Gain. off . global ... Specified Rejection..... PAD Type.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: always. Level Range.. indiv A When this parameter is set to “global” and you edit a drum kit other than drum kit number 1 in Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode. If the input data is unique to each drum kit. FS Controlchange Number..Feature Reference — Utility Mode 3 LinkMode This function applies the trigger related data of drum kit number 1 to any selected drum kit.. The following 2 modes are available. The trigger input data set for each drum kit will be used. Velocity Range.. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select Learn mode... You will automatically change the contents of both that drum kit and drum kit number 1.. Lrn Mode = always MISC.. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select LinkMode.. always .. FS HH Close-Velocity.. Self Rejection.. w/shift.. Velocity Curve. The following 3 modes are available.. Pad Function.. Select the input jack number or MIDI note number manually... FS MIDI Channel. FC Function.. In Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode. 115 . FC Control-change Number. You can set the input jack number or MIDI note number in the same manner as above by playing a pad while holding SHIFT. the input jack number of the pad that is connected will appear on the LCD each time you play a pad.. off Settings: global... 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) This function enables you to select the input jack number or MIDI note number by hitting a pad when you are editing in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.. The Learn mode will not function.... the MIDI note number assigned in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode will appear on the LCD each time you play a pad.... w/shift ... By using LinkMode. it may be necessary to reconnect the pads. The data of the output voice is not linked and therefore.. FC MIDI Channel. you can always use the pad velocity or note number assignment in the same way as in drumkit 1 and play by changing the drum voice assignments of the drum kits. Always applies the following trigger input setting data of drum kit number 1.. FS Function..... In Drum Kit Voice Edit mode. CYMBAL SNARE KICK LinkMode = global MISC.. HH Control Input indiv (individual) . respectively......

volume sliders on the panel... The sliders adjust the volume of ACCOMP(accompaniment) and CLICK (metronome sound). respectively.... on Settings: prctice........ on . live (mode) .. Be sure to turn the Bypass off when you are using the DTX as a regular drum kit trigger module. prctice (practice) (practice mode) .Feature Reference — Utility Mode 5 SldrMode (slider mode) The Slider mode changes the assignments of the ACCOMP/SNARE/CYMBAL and CLICK/KICK/ MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the Bypass on or off...... When the Bypass is on... By holding SHIFT. (other instruments).. The first page of each mode will appear when you enter each Edit mode..... CYMBAL SNARE KICK MISC.. or when you do not want to accidentally make a sound while you are playing a pattern or song.. respectively. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn JumpRcnt on or off.. The following 2 modes are available. The display page last selected in the previous edit will appear when you enter each Edit mode.. off .. Use this function when you are setting your drum kit with trigger pick-up devices. the sliders adjust the volume of SNARE and KICK.... You will not be able to produce voices or transmit MIDI note numbers.. no input will enter the DTX from the connected pads.... CYMBAL SNARE KICK = off Settings: off. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 116 Settings: off. Bypass SldrMode =prctice MISC.... JumpRcnt Page= on MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select Sldr mode.. 6 Bypass This function turns the Bypass on or off... This is convenient when you are using edit modes with many display pages such as the Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or the Utility mode. By holding SHIFT. The sliders adjust the volume of SNARE and KICK. the sliders adjust the volume of CYMBAL and MISC. live 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) This function enables you to display the page last selected in the previous edit of each Edit mode. on .

The settings are to receive or send MIDI data between the DTX and an external MIDI device. on UTILITY [ MIDI ] MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: off. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. Choose the number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 117 . Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). Receive SysX= on MISC. 13 DeviceNo (device number) This sets the MIDI device number. 11 Dec Func (decrease function) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. CYMBAL SNARE KICK DeviceNo = MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 0 1 Settings: -16 to +16 Settings: 1 to 16 9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. Set the offset value using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. 10 Inc Func (increase function) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). it will receive system exclusive messages. When the function is on. FCoffset = MISC. 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) This enables the DTX to receive system exclusive messages when you are receiving a bulk dump.HAT CONTROL jack on the rear panel to a + (plus) or . you can delicately adjust the ouput MIDI velocity by stepping on the hihat foot controller and closing the hi-hat.0. Turn the function off when you do not want to receive system exclusive messages.0. 12 MIDI The MIDI sub-mode contains various MIDI settings. AMove from this title page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.(minus) level. For example. Select from 23 display pages using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 8 FCoffset This sets the value of the data sent by a foot controller connected to the H. The device number of both the DTX and the external device should be assigned to the same number to receive or transmit system exclusive messages such as the parameter change and bulk data.0.

on ASet the parameters to receive program change data from channel 10 on the 17th display page. Set the parameter off when it is not necessary to receive the messages. CYMBAL SNARE KICK on on Settings: off. on 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI channel message through channel 10) This enables or disables the DTX to receive MIDI channel messages through channel 10. It is also necessary to set the program change receive parameter of the 15th display page “on” in order to enable the settings of this parameter. RecvCh10 All= on MISC. Turn the function on in normal operation. Turn the parameter on or off by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/ NO buttons. Refer to P. Set the parameters to switch the drum kits in the DTX automatically or by using an external MIDI device.0. When the function is on. When the function is on. it will receive MIDI program change. Receive PC= MISC.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) This enables or disables the DTX to received MIDI program change. on Settings: off. Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. LocalCtl = MISC. 118 Settings: off. 19 LocalCtl (local control) This function turns Local Control on or off. channel 10 will receive MIDI channel messages. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). Set this parameter to play DTX drum kits automatically or by using an external MIDI device. MIDI channel 10 will be able to receive program change messages when the parameter is on. 18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2. When the Local Control is off. the flow of MIDI signals triggered by connected pads is disconnected from the tone generator of the DTX and can only transmit from MIDI OUT (you will not be able to hear the DTX tone generator). This enables you to control the tone generator of the DTX from an external MIDI device connected to MIDI IN. AGo to the 23th display page to match the program change number to the drum kit you want to switch. Turn the function off when you are not receiving. Turn the function off when you are not receiving. otherwise the DTX will not output the signals from the output jacks (no sound). CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: off. Set this function on when you want to change the drum kit number automatically or by using an external MIDI device. CYMBAL SNARE KICK on 17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10) This enables or disables the DTX to receive program change messages through MIDI channel 10. 120 for further details. CYMBAL SNARE KICK RecvCh10 PC= MISC. on . ASet the program change data receiving parameter of channel 10 on the 14th display page of this mode. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off.

All the song data.. allCHAIN . System data..... cur SONG . 300 (ms) 21 MergeOut This sets the MIDI Merge function on or off.. Settings: 50. A Properly connect the external MIDI device enabling it to receive the bulk data...... The data of the chain currently selected in Chain Play mode.. curPATRN ... 150. Outputs the pattern data currently selected in Pattern Play mode in QY20/22 format. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ! Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/ YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type of bulk data that will be sent from the following types: all data .. allPATRN ... CYMBAL SNARE KICK off Settings: off........... use this function to store or backup the patterns. The data of the drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode.. All the chain data. When this function is on. 200. The time can be set from 50 ms to 300 ms by an increment of 50 ms. The data of the pattern currently selected in Pattern Play mode. Read the manual to set up the device... 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) If you are using the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 or an external device such as a sequencer that can receive exclusive messages. 100... drum kits. Set the dump time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. curCHAIN .. The intervals can be adjusted to the capacity of the external receiving device and prevent data overflow.. The data of the song currently selected in Song Play mode... All the drum kit data. All the data in the DTX. chains.. it is possible to mix data from an external MIDI device connected to the MIDI IN with internal MIDI data and output the mixed MIDI data.. songs. or system data by sending the bulk data to the device.. All the pattern data.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MergeOut = MISC....... on 119 .. system ...Feature Reference — Utility Mode 20 DumpTime This sets the length of intervals between the packets of data sent by Bulk Data Send. all DKIT . all SONG . cur DKIT .. QY PATRN .... DumpTime = 100ms MISC. 250... Dump Out all data MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off.

Bulk in Complete MISC. It is necessary to set the DTX to receive exclusive messages (P. the following screen will appear on the LCD.Feature Reference — Utility Mode " Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n. Dump Out Sure?y/n MISC. A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Receiving Bulk Data You can send DTX data stored in an external device back to the DTX by using bulk data reception. CYMBAL SNARE KICK # When the DTX has completed receiving all the data. Settings: Program change number: 1 to 128 Drum kit number: off. and HIGH. Dump Out P/C->KIT complete MISC. It is also necessary to match the device number of the external device to the device number of the DTX (P. The LCD will display “complete” for a moment when the operation is completed and the display will return to the original Dump Out display page.” 23 P/C➔KIT (program change table) This determines the program change number that will be used to change the drum kit number from an external MIDI device or with in the DTX. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Program change number Drum kit number 1-> 16 MISC. 120 . MID.117). " When the DTX starts to receive bulk data. CYMBAL SNARE KICK UTILITY [ MISC. the following screen will appear on the LCD. Press the -1/NO button to cancel the bulk data operation. Adjust the quality of the entire sound output from the DTX using the equalizer page featuring parametric type settings of 3 frequency ranges: LOW. 1 to 64 24 EQ (equalizer) The EQ sub-mode controls the internal equalizer settings. ! When the pattern or song is not playing. send bulk data from an external device. CYMBAL SNARE KICK EQ ] $ To return to the original display (before receiving bulk data). CYMBAL SNARE KICK # Press the +1/YES button to send bulk data. press any button or key. " Move the cursor to the drum kit number and select the drum kit number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Bulk in Complete MISC. Select between this page and the 28th page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. ! Move the cursor to the program change number using the Q cursor buttons and set the program change number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.117). # Repeat steps ! and " and assign each program change number to the drum kits.

and high. Mid Freq F= 800Hz MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: 500 to 16 kHz Settings: 32Hz to 2. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency. It is possible to boost or decrease the selected range using this function. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Lo Mi Hi +0 +0 +0 MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: 100Hz to 10 kHz 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) Low Middle High Settings: The following values can be set to each Lo. -6 to 0 to +6 This function sets the center frequency of the high frequency range of gain control. Mi. Hi Freq F=2.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 25 Lo Mi Hi (gain) Set the gain to 3 frequency ranges: low. middle. Move the cursor to the Lo. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency. or Hi focus area using the Q cursor buttons and set the gain by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.0 kHz 121 .0kHz MISC. The positive (plus “+”) values boost the range and the negative (minus “-”) values decrease the range. Lo Freq F= 100Hz MISC. 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) This function sets the center frequency of the middle frequency range of gain control. Mi. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 26 Lo Freq (low frequency) This function sets the center frequency of the low frequency range of gain control. or Hi focus area.

Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome. Select the parameters between this page and the 40th page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use. A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. 31 Click Mid This function sets the sound of the normal click (the click of each quarter note) of the metronome. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use. UTILITY [ SEQ ] MISC. low) may differ depending on the currently selected drum kit since the voices assigned to the MIDI note numbers are different. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MISC. mid.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 29 SEQ (sequencer) The SEQ sub-mode contains the settings related to the CLICK and synchronization. This function is mainly used to synchronize the metronome or external MIDI device. Refer to the drum kit list (P. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MISC. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Click Lo Note= 23 Settings: Note number: 0-127 ANote that the sounds used for the CLICK (hi. Settings: Note number: 0-127 32 Click Lo This function sets the sound of other clicks (the clicks set to notes of finer quantization) of the metronome. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ClickMid Note= 24 30 Click Hi This function sets the sound of the accent click (the click at the beginning of each measure) of the metronome. Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome. Settings: Note number: 0-127 122 .148) for the voice assignment of each note number. Check the sound by pressing the CLICK button to play the metronome. Click Hi Note= 22 MISC. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of the sound you want to use.

main L. you can set separate outputs for the click and song..... Output from the AUX OUT L jack and AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel....... on 123 ... Output from the OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel... 35 Tempo This function sets the tempo of a pattern to either change each time to its default tempo. The countdown will be delivered when the function is on.. Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack and OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel.. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off.. and the drummer can use the click as a guide click when playing to a song created by the DTX in a live performance or studio recording. aux L+R.. main R .. global . Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the output jack.... Output from the AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel... main L . pattern ..... aux L ...... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack on the rear panel. CYMBAL SNARE KICK off Settings: off.. aux L. or remain unchanged at a set tempo when the pattern is switched in Pattern Play mode... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: pattern. global 36 Count This function turns the countdown before playing or recording a pattern or song. Select the jack from the following: mainL+R . aux L+R .... aux R . Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the tempo... The following two parameter settings are available.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 33 ClickOut This function sets the destination output of the CLICK..... Tempo remains unchanged at a set tempo when the pattern is switched. main R. For example. Output from the AUX OUT L jack on the rear panel.... aux R 34 PlyClick (play click) This is an additional feature of DTX version 2........ Count = MISC. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package). Settings: mainL+R.. on or off.. Tempo =pattern MISC..... Changes the tempo of the pattern to its default tempo when the pattern is switched.... CYMBAL SNARE KICK ClickOut =mainL+R MISC..0.........

.. average ARefer to P. A This function will affect all patterns... CYMBAL SNARE KICK For example. " Move the cursor to T (TOP) and B (BOTTOM) using the Q cursor buttons and set the number of the measure to break (mute) by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. This enables you to check the groove of the entire drum set.... (Only the rhythm of the specified measure(s) will be muted... Break TB T (TOP) T=0 B=0 B (BOTTOM) MISC.97 for further details on the groove check function.. single . if you want to mute the rhythm part of the 1st and 4th measures of a 4-measure pattern.. The minimum unit value of the groove check function depends on the quantization setting of the click... CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: T (TOP): 0 to 8 B (BOTTOM): 0 to 8 124 . set the number in the T and B focus areas to “1”... ! First select the pattern in Pattern Play mode and enter this page.. The following two types are available... 100% stands for 1/ 16th note quantization. 4-measure pattern 1 2 3 4 Settings: single. average .. 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) This function enables you to insert a break into the rhythm in Pattern Play mode. Mutes the selected measures of the rhythm part from the beginning of the pattern... The LCD diaplays the average percentage of the beat timing against the precise beat of the groove check. B (BOTTOM) . T and B have the following functions: T (TOP) .. # Press the START/STOP button to exit this function and the mute settings will be effective on the currently selected pattern...) Set the length of the break by selecting the number of measures. GrvCheck = single MISC. Mute the selected measures of the rhythm part from the end of the pattern... and therefore the result may not be what you intend if you apply the same setting to a pattern with a different number of measures......... The DTX shows how loose the data received from a pad or drum is from the beat in clock units.... This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 37 GrvCheck (groove check) This sets the Groove Check mode from the following two types: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. mute T=1 mute B=1 ASet the T and B focus areas to “0” if you are not muting any of the measures in this pattern.

ext 125 . it will transmit or receive the system real-time messages..Feature Reference — Utility Mode 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) This sets the DTX to transmit or receive system real-time messages (start... MIDIctrl = MISC.. ASet the function to int if you are not playing in sync with an external MIDI device.. When this function is enabled. ext ... Enables you to control the start/stop/ continue/tempo and synchronize the pattern or song playback of the DTX from an external MIDI device.. Turn the function off when not in use. When the function is on.. The following two modes are available: int . CYMBAL SNARE KICK on SyncMode Settings: off.. Enables you to start/stop/continue/tempo and synchronize the playback of an external MIDI device from the DTX.. continue.. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = int Settings: int....... Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the SyncMode.. 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) This synchronizes the DTX with the external MIDI devices such as the rhythm machine... Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or off... A It is necessary to first enable the transmission/reception of System Real-time Message (start/stop/continue)... stop). on MISC. you can control the external sequencers or rhythm machines using the START/STOP button on the DTX panel as well as control the DTX pattern or song playback from an external sequencer.......

Settings: -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit= 1.147 for details on voice list.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) This MULTI sub-mode contains the DTX settings used as a multi-timbre tone generator. Each voice will correspond to the program change numbers 1 to 128 (GM system level 1). you are required to connect the keyboard or computer (sequencer) to the DTX using MIDI cable(s). A It is also possible to set a part other than 10 to the drum kit. When this is set to a drum kit (since rhythm instruments are not assigned to all of the note numbers) the LCD will display "No Voice" on the LCD when the data transmitted from an external MIDI device cannot be generated by the DTX. CYMBAL SNARE KICK ! Move the cursor and select the part number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. UTILITY [ MULTI] MISC. A drum kit is available after program change number 128. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 0 Settings: Program change numbers 1 to 128 and a drum kit can be assigned to parts 1 to 16. Refer to P. Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to select between this page and the 47th page. AThe drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode is assigned to part 10. Fine tuning can be done by approximately 1. A Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.171875 cent) 126 . Voice name GrandPno MISC.2 cent increments or decrements. CYMBAL SNARE KICK MastTune = MISC. AIf you are using the DTX as a tone generator. 42 MastTune (master tune) This function sets the master tuning of the tone generator. " Move the cursor to the voice name and select the voice you want to use.129 for details. Part number Program Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. 43 Program This assigns (normal) keyboard voices to each part (1 to 16). # Repeat steps ! and " and assign a voice to each part. ARefer to P.

! Move the cursor to the part number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number. Balance the volume of each part when you are using the DTX as a multi-timbre tone generator. L7 (=far left) to 0 (=center) to R7 (=far right) 127 . " Move the cursor to the volume (focus area) and set the volume by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the pan of each part. ! Move the cursor to the part number focus area rotae the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number. 0 to 127 Settings: The following pan position can be set for the parts 1 to 16. Part number 45 Pan This sets the Pan position for each voice assigned to each part. " Move the cursor to the pan focus area and set the panning by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 100 0 Settings: The following volume parameters can be set for parts 1 to 16. Part number Volume Voice name Pan Pan = MISC. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the volume for each part. This defines the pan position of the voice between left and right in a stereo image. CYMBAL SNARE KICK = MISC.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 44 Volume This adjusts the volume of the voice assigned to the part.

0 to 127. CYMBAL SNARE KICK 40 C 0F 0 Fine tune MISC. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the reverb send level of each part.2 cent increments (fine). Focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the part number. ! Move the cursor to the part number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the number. C (coarse tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=semitone) F (fine tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=Ca. 128 . 1. Part number Rev Send Pitch Coarse tune Reverb send level = MISC. AThe actual reverb send level of the drum kit in part 10 is the level indicated here multiplied by the reverb send level on the 5th display page of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode. # Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch of each part. Part number 47 Rev Send (Reverb Send) This sets the reverb send level for each voice assigned to each part. " Move the cursor to the coarse tune focus area or the fine tune focus area and set the pitch by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The larger the value. the larger the send level. CYMBAL SNARE KICK Settings: The following settings can be set for the parts 1 to 16. " Move the cursor to the level focus area and set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.Feature Reference — Utility Mode 46 Pitch This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to each part. Tune the pitch either by semitones (coarse) or by approximately 1.2 cent) Settings: The following send level can be set for the parts 1 to 16. ! Move the cursor to the part number.

Connect the MIDI OUT jack of the device that will send a MIDI signal to the MIDI IN jack of the device that will receive a MIDI signal. This section provides basic knowledge regarding the MIDI functions as well as ways to actually use the MIDI functions of the DTX. This jack is used to receive MIDI signals. This can be used in various situations such as live performances. There are 2 categories of messages: a channel message and a system message. computers or sequencers connected to the DTX by hitting connected pads or drum sets with triggers and create a large music system configuration. Different electronic instruments developed in different environments can communicate to each other with this common language. The MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) world standard protocol was developed by a consortium of musical instrument hardware and software manufacturers. A system message refers to the data that enables multiple instruments linked together to function as a MIDI system. SNARE CONTRAST OUT MIDI IN This jack is used to send out MIDI signals. Use the MIDI Implementation Chart (P. AThe types of MIDI data that can be handled may differ depending on the MIDI device. It is a kind of common language to permit performance and other data to be transferred and acknowledged between different instruments or even instruments made by different manufacturers. Use exclusive MIDI cables to connect the devices between the [MIDI IN] and [MIDI OUT] channels. The length of the cables vary from 15 m to 30 cm depending on the purpose. By using the MIDI functions you can play or control external synthesizers. DTX MIDI OUT MIDI IN Tone generator External MIDI device MIDI IN MIDI OUT ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Basic Information ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 129 .Appendix — MIDI MIDI The DTX contains various MIDI functions. AYou can buy MIDI cables at music instruments stores that carry electronic instruments.168) to look up the common MIDI functions. The DTX is equipped with a [MIDI OUT] channel to send out these messages to other MIDI devices and a [MIDI IN] channel to receive messages from other MIDI devices. and you may only be able to control the common functions between a set of MIDI devices. MIDI Connection Check and see if the direction of the plug pins match the jack and plug in straightly. A channel message refers to the data regarding a keyboard note or musical expression (dumper pedal or volume) that can be transmitted through each designated MIDI channel. MIDI standard instruments transmit various performance commands or settings in the form of “messages” consisting of digital data (data that is converted into numbers). parties and events.

it is also possible to play a pad connected to the DTX. Also. it is necessary to match the MIDI transmission channel (P. if you play an external MIDI keyboard and send the key data of note number 60.. Reference pages are indicated by each item to look for details on how to operate or set each message.. The DTX contains drum voices and keyboard voices.. 92. it is necessary to set the send channel of the external MIDI keyboard to 10. Generated when a key is released.Appendix — MIDI MIDI Functions on the DTX As mentioned above. Also. 110..... Each drum voice (drum or percussion sound) is assigned to MIDI note numbers 0 to 127 and each keyboard voice is assigned to the half notes of MIDI note numbers 0 to 127. Generated when a key is pressed.....42..42) Also.118). MIDI messages can be divided into a channel message and a system message. it is necessary to assign the program change number on the 16th display pages of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P..59).. Note Off . 118) of the DTX to channel where the external MIDI device is connected. The following section describes the kind of data can be transmitted in these messages along with general MIDI knowledge and explanations. it is necessary to set the various MIDI function parameters on the display pages in Utility mode (P.. if you want to play a drum voice on the DTX from an external MIDI keyboard. you will hear the drum voice (drum or percussion sound) assigned to note number 60 on the DTX if it is a drum voice and note number 60 (or C3) if it is a keyboard voice.. 130 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Channel Message ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . In order to transmit a channel message. if you are sending key data from the DTX by playing a pad connected. In order to transmit MIDI data from the DTX. the numbers assigned to each drum kit are sent. For example. Key Data This data is the most important data concerning the performance of the DTX and in general these messages are sent when a MIDI keyboard or synthesizer is played.. in order to receive program change data. In order to send program change data. In the opposite manner. Note On ... You can transmit the following channel messages from or to the DTX.. When you switch a drum kit on the DTX. Shows how hard the key is struck. it is necessary to set the parameter on the 15th display page of Utility mode to “receive” (P. Velocity . Program Change This data is used to switch the tone. You can also switch the drum kit on the DTX by sending these messages from other keyboards or sequencers. you can also send the note number data assigned to the input of the pad connected to an external device To correctly send key data from the DTX is it necessary to match the MIDI send channel to the channel of the external MIDI device on the 13th display page of Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.. a pattern or song and send these messages to play other external synthesizers.112). It is also possible to send this data from an external keyboard or sequencer and play the DTX.

The DTX tone generator can receive pitch bend data.119 for details on the transmission of exclusive messages.... In order to transmit start. continue or stop data. or STOP buttons on the DTX. Used to adjust the depth of an effect (reverb) of a connected synthesizer or MIDI tone generator.001 Modulation .. effects and volume. Used to adjust the depth of a vibrato.. pattern. ARefer to the MIDI Implementation Chart on P.. Ctrl. You can also send pitch bend data to an external MIDI device using a foot controller (P.. PAUSE.064 Dumper Pedal ... or song data on your DTX by sending the bulk data to an external device such as a sequencer or computer..011 Expression .010 Pad .. It is also possible to use the foot controller to send control change data to an external MIDI device. The following are examples of well known control change data. Used to adjust the volume. In order to send control change data using a foot controller...... Ctrl. Exclusive Message This data is mainly used to exchange system or tone data exclusive to a specific device.No. Real-time Message This data synchronizes multiple MIDI devices. You can use the exclusive message to store the drum kit. it is necessary to set the System Real-time Message parameter on the 39th display page in Utility mode to “transmit”.168 for details on the control change data of the DTX.. Used to adjust the volume of a musical expression. The DTX tone generator can receive various control change data.. Ctrl.....No. The system message can be transmitted regardless of the MIDI channel settings. You can start. Ctrl.No.No.. continue or stop an external rhythm machine or sequencer by pressing the START.47). Ctrl.47)... The DTX transmits the following system messages... ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ System Message ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 131 .Appendix — MIDI Control Change This data is used to enhance your musical expression by conveying commands such as for the dumper pedal. Pitch Bend This data sends the pitch bend data of a pitch bend wheel normally equipped on a synthesizer that bends the pitch up or down.... Ctrl.91 Reverb Depth ... it is necessary to assign the channel of the control change type you are sending on the 23rd display page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. Used to set the effect when the dumper pedal of a piano is stepped on. Used to adjust the pan position (left or right position in a stereo image)...No.. or recall such data to the DTX from the sequencer or computer.. Refer to P..007 Volume . It is also necessary to set the parameters regarding synchronized performance on the 40th display page in Utility mode....... Each function has a control number and the general value variable for each control ranges between 0 and 127..No... or synchronize a pattern or song on the DTX using the MIDI clock from an external device..

You can also set the volume and pan of each part easily (P. The recent trend in particular is to use XG and GM (General MIDI) standards which provide common formats for tones to ease the transmission of MIDI song data and provide the compatibility to playback the original tones. By connecting the DTX according to the following illustration. and it is possible to think of many ways to use this with the functions of external keyboards or sequence software. it is possible to play the DTX using a programming keyboard (to enter the MIDI data) or use the DTX as a tone generator to play the MIDI data from a computer. The DTX has various functions to receive MIDI data. The following illustration is an example of how to connect and use the DTX as a tone generator in a system configuration using such computers or MIDI music production systems. the ways to use MIDI functions are widely diversified and differ by MIDI device or musician. The DTX has the multi-tone generator functions and compatibility to produce computer music.127). As mentioned above. The following are simple case studies and hints on how to use the DTX in a MIDI system. the DTX tone generator complies to the GM standards known as the standard of computer music. the word MIDI or the production of music using MIDI has now become a generic term. 132 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Using the MIDI Functions ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . and in this age of personal computers. Furthermore. The DTX is equipped with both GM standards. The DTX also complies to control change or program change data used frequently in MIDI song data enabling you to preserve compatibility with other MIDI data. it is necessary to set the sequencer or MIDI keyboard send channel to channel numbers 1 to 16 for each part for the DTX to be able to receive the key data of each part correctly. The rest depends on your original ideas. MIDI OUT MIDI keyboard MIDI IN MIDI interface MIDI OUT Parts and Voices MIDI channel 1 1 2 Melody 2 3 and others 3 4 4 5 5 Chord 6 6 7 Bass 7 8 Melody 8 9 and others 9 10 Drum (rhythm) 10 11 11 12 12 13 Melody 13 and others 14 14 15 15 16 16 Part Voices to use Personal computer MIDI IN Keyboard voice Drum voice Keyboard voice DTX A It is necessary to prepare a MIDI interface and sequence software that works with the computer or keyboard you are using.Appendix — MIDI Nowadays. The DTX is also equipped with the capability to play 32 sounds at one time enabling you to play instrument parts (up to 16 parts) at one time. Most of the music produced now generally use MIDI tone generators on personal computer or sequencer software because of the large number of sounds or parts (number of channels that can be played at the same time) that can be released simultaneously. Using the DTX as a Computer Music Tone Generator The word “Computer Music” has been used for a long time.

125) thereby being able to synchronize a music system on a personal computer to a song on the DTX and conduct a solo live performance. Tone generator modules MIDI IN MIDI OUT DTX Using the DTX in Live Performances The next illustration shows how to connect the DTX to external tone generator modules or sequencers to control them and create a large scale configuration for live performances. you can send program change data (P. DTX MIDI patch bay Tone generator MIDI interface Personal computer – – Synthesizer Synthesizer 133 .120). Also. by using a pad or foot switch connected to the DTX.55) for each voice when you are creating a drum kit to improve the music expression when playing real-time in a live performance.Appendix — MIDI Using the DTX as a MIDI Interface The trigger response of the DTX is fast enough to serve as a MIDI trigger interface. the DTX will send the Key On or Key Off data of the note number (P. 110. By using the MIDI patch bay. Use the chain function of the DTX to create a chain of drum kits in a designated order in advance to the song you will be playing at a live performance. It is necessary to set the MIDI send channel to match the channel of the external MIDI device so that the DTX correctly receives the key data (P. you can play an external synthesizer (using MIDI note send signals) over a song from the DTX or the playing of your pad and produce a thicker sound. you can start or stop a MIDI real-time message (P. by switching the drum kits. By playing a pad or drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX as in the following illustration. For example.40) set to each input.42. 92. It is possible to overlay tone modules from external tone generators or sampler sounds on the DTX sounds to create a thick sound. It is also better if you set the reverb (P. 118).

1. 1.3.2.7 Polyphonic Aftertouch Does not send or receive data. The DTX will not receive system exclusive messages that do not match the device number set in the DeviceNo. 1. modulation.2 1 modulation Executes the same process as “all note off”.3 6 data entry Executes the same process as “all sound off”. Sends and receives data. When the DTX receives a "GM system ON" or "XG system ON" message from an external device. 1. 1.2. the DTX will not receive system exclusive messages.5 125 omni on Executes the same process as “all note off”.2.5 Pitch Bend Sends and receives data.Appendix — MIDI 1 Channel Message The channel message for MIDI channel 10 will not be received if the “RecvCh10 All” (P.3.3.3. 33. data = 0: (normal) keyboard voice data = 127: drum voice The data will not be processed unless program change data is received. Receive note range: C2 to G8 Velocity range: 1 to 127 (note on only) Sets the following controller values back to its initial value: pitchbend.8 71 harmonic content Sends and receives data. 1. (P. qThe contents in { } are repeated more than once.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”.3.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”. 1. Sends and receives data. the DTX will not receive program change data.13 91 effect1 depth 1. 9. 26. Sends and receives data. 1. When the RecvCh10 PC (P. 1.2. q“csum” indicates the lower 7 bits of the supplementary value: 2 of the sum of the data after “ss ss” up to “csum”. not be muted unless “hold 1” is turned off. q“ss ss” indicates the upper 7 bits and the lower 7 bits of the data following directly after up to “csum (check sum)”. Sends and receives data.2. expression.4 7 main volume Executes the same process as “all sound off”. 2.15 RPN $00/$00 pitch bend sensitivity: Receive only.2. 1. 1.2.2. qThe contents in “ “ are ASCII characters.3 1.2 1. 49 When the DTX receives a "DTX system ON" signal. 1.2 121 reset all controllers 1. 1. Used to specify RPN data.1 Key On or Key Off Sends and receives data. Sends and receives data.6 126 mono Sends and receives data. 1. $00/$01 fine tuning: Receive only. $71/$71 NULL: Receive only.4 124 omni off Sends and receives data.2. 134 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ MIDI Data Format ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . the program numbers received.117) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”.14 100.6 Channel Aftertouch Does not send or receive data. it will only receive the following drum voice program change numbers: No: 1. 17.6 11 expression Sends and receives data.2. 0 is the far left of a stereo image and 127 is the far right of a stereo image. 1. 1.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”. Sends and receives data. RPN number 1.3 123 all note off 1. $00/$02 coarse tuning: Receive only.11 74 brightness 1.1 Control Change 0 bank select MSB Turns off all the notes of the specified channels currently on. 1.12 84 portamento control Sends and receives data.3.1 Channel Mode Message 120 all sound off Mutes all the sounds currently playing through the specified channel. portament control.7 64 hold 1 Sends and receives data. 1.7 127 poly Sends and receives data.2. 25. They will however. the DTX will not receive MIDI channel 10 program change data.4 Program Change When the Recv Ch10 PC (P.9 72 release time Sends and receives data. hold1. will not be limited to the above. q“n” stands for device number.5 10 pan 1. 1. 1. The next section is based on the following notations: qHexadecimal expressions are used for numbers.2. 41.3.10 73 attack time 1.2.2. 101 data increment/decrement 2 System Exclusive Message When the Receive SysX (P.2.117) parameter in Utility mode (with exceptions).

the DTX will mute all the sounds.2 cent). 2.6 MIDI master tune 3.4 identify request F0 7E 0n 06 01 F7 3. “mm” is the volume. F043 7D in "DT" 7F F7 Cancells the program change limitations of the drum channel.1.1 system F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “SYST” data csum}F7 2.2 all drumkit F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alDK” data csum}F7 2.1 timing clock Synchronizes with the timing clock received when the SyncMode (P. GM system ON 2. 2.2. All the data except the system data is converted into 1 or 2 byte ASCII characters and transmitted. the DTX will not receive start. 2.2.125) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”.2.6 all pattern F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alPA” data csum}F7 2. continue or stop data.9 one song F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuSO” data csum}F7 2.1.2.7 one pattern F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuPA” data csum}F7 2. F0 43 1n 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7 Executes the same process as GM system ON. 2.2 start.1.2.1 Parameter Change Receives only. 2. F0 43 7D 2n “DTX” “cccc” F7 The compliant bulk dump is sent to the “cccc” area. Send the messages within an interval of approximately 300 msec.Appendix — MIDI 2.3 Dump Request Receives only.2 Bulk Dump Sends and receives data. 2.8 all song F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alSO” data csum}F7 2.3 DTX system ON 3.1.2 XG system ON 3 Realtime Message Sends and receives data. F0 7E 7F 09 01 F7 Sets all the data except the MIDI master tuning data to its initial value. Sends identify reply.2.5 MIDI master volume F0 7F 7F 04 01 XX mm F7 Ignores “XX”.1.2.2.2.10 one stack F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuST” data csum}F7 2. F0 7E 0n 06 02 43 00 4C 6B 07 mm 00 00 00 F7 “mm” stands for the version number of the software.11 QY pattern F043 7D On ss ss {“LM 0086” “PT” data}csum F7 2.3 one drumkit F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuDK” data csum}F7 2.3 active sensing Once active sensing data has been received.125) in Utility mode is set to “ext”. stop If the MIDIctrl (P. if no MIDI data is subsequently received for longer than an interval of approximately 300 msec. continue.1 2. 1.2.1. F0 43 1n 27 30 00 00 mm II cc F7 The values of “mm (MSB)” and “II (LSB)” (unit=Ca. 2.2.2.12 identify reply Sends only. 135 .5 one chain F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuCH” data csum}F7 2.4 all chain F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alCH” data csum}F7 2.

q Make sure the cable is securely inserted into the DT10 jack. q Make ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Troubleshooting ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ .31). 92. q Raise the rejection parameter.116). If it is. q Redo the Auto-set procedure (P.127). The Local Control should be “on” (P. q Check the cables to see if there is a short. q If the pads have an output or velocity control volume. it is necessary to mute the head . q Make sure that nothing is touching the sensor. q Make sure the output MIDI channel is set to Drum Voice (ch=10) (P.9). q Make sure the sensor is fixed near the rim (above the bearing) and not near center of the head (P. This sets the rim switch ON on the DTX. q Raise the velocity (P. q Make sure the input type is correct. q Make q Make Double-triggering q If 136 you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers.42.39). q Check the Local Control on the 19th page in Utility mode. q Make sure the Bypass parameter on the 6th page in Utility mode is “off” (P.58).37).35).36). q Try using the sub-rejection parameter (P.33). q Raise the minimum value of the level range (P. The Sound does not Match the Settings q Make sure you have not plugged the monaural phone plug when the power is still ON.116). q Make sure the input level is displayed on the LCD when you play the pad or drum with a trigger (P. it may be sending a large signal causing double-triggering. Make sure the MIDI channels match the input jack numbers of the connected external devices (P. q Make sure the value of the MIDI note numbers are set correctly (P.11). Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another drum is played at the same time (P. adjust them (by raising them).36). Try a larger drum (PAD © SNARE © TOM © KICK) (P. q If the pads have an output or velocity control volume.39). The Triggered Sound is Not Stable (When using accoustic drums) sure you have select the correct input type. sure the connectors from the DTX OUTPUT jack (and NOT the AUX OUT jack) are plugged correctly to the input jacks of the amplifier or mixer (P. q Raise the volume of the voice (P. q Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P. The drum part should be channel 10 (P. sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new sticky tape (P. The External Tone Generator is Not Making a Sound q Make q sure the MIDI connectors are correctly connected (P.37). sure the head is not causing irregular vibration.35).42) The Velocity (Sound) is Too Small q Make q Raise sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new (NOT old) sticky tape (P.11). q Try a different velocity curve (P.129). q Make sure the Utility Bypass mode is OFF (P.Appendix — Troubleshooting The DTX is Not Making a Sound or a Triggered Sound q Make q Make sure the pads and triggers are connected correctly to the input jacks of the DTX (P.8). adjust them (by lowering them).40).11).8).10).53). Turn the power OFF and ON again. q Raise the volume by using the volume slider (P. 118). q Make sure the outport settings of the voice is not “AUX OUT” (P. the gain setting (P. q Make sure the Volume parameter on the 44th page in Utility mode is not “0”. q Replace the drum head.38). 110.118). q Try switching the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P. Try a larger drum such as the TOM or KICK (P.

Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another drum is played at the same time (P.39). q Make sure that the pads (drums) are not assigned to the same group in the Alternate Group settings on the 10th page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P. The Hi-hat Foot Controller or Footswitch Works Oppositely q Turn the power switch on again with the foot controller or footswitch connected to the rear panel. Frequent data back-up storage to external MIDI devices such as the Yamaha MDF2 is recommended to prevent lost data (P.36).40). q Lower The Sound is Too Loud (The Velocity is Permanently Too High) q Lower q Lower the gain setting (P. q Set the unnecessary 2nd notes on to “off” on the 11th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. q Make sure the Bass Linear Track mode parameter on the 9th page in Song Job mode is “off” (P. q Try another velocity curve (P. The Bass or Chord Patterns do Not Play in Pattern or Song Mode q Make q Make sure the tracks are not muted (P. q Raise the rejection parameter. enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode and press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.111).Appendix — Troubleshooting You are Experiencing “Cross-talk” q Replace q The the sensor away from the nearby drum. Only 1 Sound is Heard when 2 Pads (Drums) are Played q Raise the gain setting of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P. it may be sending a large signal.38). minimum input level needs to be higher (P.39).39).111). The DTX does Not Receive any Switch or Trigger Data q A data error has occurred. sure the Pattern Track Mute parameter on the 10th page in Song Job mode is “off” when you are playing a song (P. q Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.119). q If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers. turn it OFF once and then ON again).8).58).77). Beware that all the data will be lost.37).57).36). (If the power is currently ON. 137 . The DTX will automatically detect the polarization of the switch and enable regular operation. q Make sure you are not stepping on the foot controller or footswitch when you turn the power ON. In such a case. q If the sound cross-talks with a specific trigger input. The Sound will Not Stop q Some sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off function is disabled (P. the minimum value of the velocity range (P. the rejection parameter of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P. use the Spec rejection settings(P.37). set the RIM Velocity parameter on the 17th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode to a setting other than “mute Hi” and “mute Lo” (P.45). q Raise the gain setting (P.36). you are playing a rim shot. Turn the power OFF and then ON while holding the DRUM KIT button and the PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ buttons and the DTX will reset to its initial settings. The Sounds are Cut when you Play Continuously q Set q If the Voice Type parameter on the 4th page of Voice Edit Mode to “MONO” .

ERRORBad Data You have received bulk dump data when you are not in Song Play Pattern Play mode. ERRORNotEmpty Data already exists in the area you are trying to transmit the bulk dump data to. Clear unnecessary songs or patterns (P. ERRORMIDIdata There is a data error in the MIDI data being received. or you are sending the bulk dump to a preset number. Stop the playing or recording of the song or pattern and transmit the bulk dump data again. Reduce the amount of data or insert intervals between the bulk transmission and try again.Appendix — Error Messages ERR-MIDI BuffFull Too much MIDI data is being received in the buffer. ERR-BULK Protect The System Exclusive Receive parameter is not “on” when the bulk dump data is being received.92. Set the parameter on the 11th page of Utility mode to “on” (P. Memory Full The song and pattern memory areas are full. Check if the sum of the bulk dump data being received does not conform. Correct the situation and try again. ERR-low Battery The built-in memory back-up lithium battery is running low. Clear the song or pattern (P. This message also appears when the beat or number of measures you are copying does not match those of the pattern or when the DTX is receiving erroneous bulk dump data. 138 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Error Messages ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ . ERR-Now Running Bulk dump data is being transmitted while the DTX is playing or recording a song or pattern. or if the MIDI connections are looped. Store the necessary data to an external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Filer MDF2 and take the DTX to an authorized Yamaha Service Center to have the battery replaced. 117) and try again.92. preset style pattern or preset song. 109) and try to transmit again. ERRORPreset You are trying to edit preset data such as the preset drum kit. 109) and try again. Check the MIDI cables and the data you want to send and try again. Select a user data area and try again. or when you have not stopped the song or pattern you had been playing.

FORWARD. Mode buttons (DRUM KIT. AUX OUT(L/ R) Foot Switch/Control Jacks FOOT SW. bass. SONG.). TEMPO. START/STOP. plate. TRIGGER.). PAGE¡/⁄ (MAIN A/B). canyon. tunnel. basement) Chorus. 30 user songs Record Mode: Real-time or step recording. Chain Store Utility Mode System. OUTPUT(L/MONO. stage1/2. 10/9 KICK. VOICE. CHORD/CHO TR. 12/11.Appendix Tone Generator 16-bit AWM2 (Compliant to GM Standard Level 1) Polyphony Maximum of 32 notes Voices 928 Drum and Percussion Voices. equalizer. TR1 (MISC. RECORD). CHAIN. white. 100 user patterns Record Mode: Real-time or step recording. ACCOMP/ SNARE/CYMBAL. recording tracks (TR1/TR2 sequencer tracks. REWIND. pattern/chord/tempo tracks) Job Mode: 11 functions Store Mode Drum Kit Store.HAT. STORE). TR2 (CYMBAL).4kg Included Accessories Owner’s Manual AC power adapter (PA-1207 or PA-3B) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Specifications ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 139 . PAUSE. Q Cursor button (FILL AB/BA). room1/2/3. +1/YES (ENDING). RHYTHM/PAT TR (KICK). MIDI. AUX IN. PATTERN. Data Scroll Wheel. SOLO. SHIFT. rhythm) Job Mode: 7 functions Song Mode Play Mode: 100 preset songs. H. BASS/ TMP TR (SNARE). 128 Normal Keyboard Voices Modes Drum Kit Mode Play Mode: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits Trigger Edit Mode: 31 functions Voice Edit Mode: 21 functions Chain Mode Play Mode: 16 types of chains (maximum of 32 steps) Edit Mode: 3 functions Pattern Mode Play Mode: 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections). CONTRAST knob Display Custom LCD display 2-digit large segment LED 8 mute/sequencer operation LEDs Input Jacks 1 SNARE–8 H.HAT CONTROL MIDI Jacks MIDI IN/OUT Power Requirements DC 12V Dimensions 300mm (W) x 57mm (D) x 220mm (H) Weight 1. -1/ NO(INTRO). UTILITY. CLICK/KICK/MISC. recording tracks (chord.R). variation (preset for each voice) Controls Volume Slider (MASTER. Transport buttons (CLICK. sequence. multitimbre Effect Reverb (hall1/2. AUX IN Output Jacks PHONES.

................... 120 24 EQ (equalizer) .............................. 36 3 ClrTrack (clear track) .......................................................... 44 16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through channel 10) 118 17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) .......... 6 aux L .................. 48 26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ................................................... 59 15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ................................................... 57 10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .. 123 140 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Index ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ............................................ 45 17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10)118 18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................................................................................................................................................... 118 15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ...................................................................................................................... 114 1 VCE (voice) ............................................ 127 46 Pitch .......... 61 19 FS Func (FS function) ..................... 55 5 SldrMode (slider mode) .............................................................................................................. 62 21 RootNote .................. 62 22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ....................... 68 3 LinkMode ....................................................................... 61 20 DumpTime ........ 47 21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .......................................................... 123 36 Count ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 44 16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ............................... 91 3 Edit recall ............................. 117 13 Note= (MIDI channel) ...... 60 18 PAD Func (pad function) ................................................................................... 54 40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................................................... 128 47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ................................................ 8 13 DeviceNo (device number) ............... 116 6 Bypass ......................................................................................................................................... 120 24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ....................................................................................................................... 115 3 Pan ....................... 91........................................................................................................ 126 44 Volume ................................................ 39 9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) ........ 126 42 MastTune (master tune) .................................... 67 2 EditMode ................................................................................. 58 12/11 Input ....................................................... 117 9 Reject (rejection) .................................................. 124 39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ............................................... 60 17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ........................................................... 56 7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 37 7 Filter ....................................... 92 7 VelCurve (velocity curve) .................................................................................................... 40 10/9 KICK Input ......... 114 2 PAD Type ................................................................ 54 30 Click Hi ........................................................ 8 AUX IN Volume Slider ........................ 35 1 Name (chain name) ............................................................................................. 42 12 Out Port .................. 119 22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) ................................................................... 90 1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ........................................................................................................................................................... 67 1 SNARE to 8 H... 116 7 Pat Name (pattern name) ............................................................................... 109 2 Volume .............................................................................................. 108 1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ..................... 121 29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................................................................................................... 110 5 Rev send (send reverb) ................... 124 38 Break TB (break top/bottom) .............................................................................................................. 8 aux R ................ 125 41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ....................... 92 4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ........ 48 25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) .......................................... 92 6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord.................. 47 21 MergeOut ........................................... 47 23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .................................................. 116 6 Modify ................................................................................................................ 119 allCHAIN ..................................................................................... 109 4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59 14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) .......................................................................... 119 all SONG .........HAT Inputs ................................................................. 8 11 Key Off .............................................................................. 37 5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel) ........................ 43 always ........................................................................ 42 13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ................................................................................................................... 122 3 Auto Set ................. 122 33 Click Out .................... 55 6 VelRange (velocity range) ................ 127 45 Pan ............................. 92 5 LevelRng (level range) ............................................................................................. 110 8 Self Rej (self rejection) .................................................................................................................................................. 48 28 Hi Freq (high frequency) .................................. 121 28 Copy INP (copy input) ...................................................................................................................................................... 47 23 P/C’KIT (program change table) .......................... 111 12 Note= (gate time) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 58 11 Note= (note numbers settings) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 40 11 SongName ............................ 128 5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ..................................................... 115 4 PAD Gain ............................................................................ 45 19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) .................................................. 123 37 GrvCheck (groove check) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 121 27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) ....................................................... 57 9 MIDI ...................... 43 14 REV Type (reverb type) ............................ 8 1 SYSTEM ................ 119 21 Root Note ......................................................................................................... 49 31 Click Mid ................ 122 31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ................................ 121 26 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) .... 126 43 Program ............................................................................................................................................................ 117 8 PlayMode ...................................................... 38 8 Decay ......................................................................... 7 1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy ................. 27 -1/NO (INTRO) Button ............................................................... 122 30 Edit (edit recall) ................... 123 AUX OUT L and R Jacks ................................... 117 15 REV Time (reverb time) ............................. 123 auxL+R .......................................................................................................... 43 alterMN ......................... 6 all data ................... 119 allPATRN ....................................................Appendix +1/YES (ENDING) Button ........................... 111 10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ..................................................................... 115 AUX IN Jack ... 119 all DKIT .................................................................... 119 20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ........................................... 118 2 Chain create or revise ................ 59 16 RIMKeyOn ...................................................................... 36 4 Pitch ............................. 125 4 Clr Song (clear song) ......................... 48 25 Lo Mi Hi (gain) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 53 20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) .................................................................. 48 26 Lo Freq (low frequency)................................. 53 10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ............................................................................................................................................................. 111 9 Key mode ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ........... 35 2 Quantize (quantization) ............................ 39 A ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider ......................................................... 49 29 SEQ (sequencer) ............................................... 49 32 Click Lo ......................................................................... 56 8 FCoffset ............................ 109 3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) ....................................................... 7 +1/YES and -1/NO Buttons .................. 123 35 Tempo ...... 58 14 Key On ...... 119 alter ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 46 19 LocalClt (local control) ......................

.................... 45 FOOT SW Jack .............................. 45......................................................... 119 Cursor Buttons ..... 85.......................................... 35 hold .................................................................. 43........................................................................................................................................ 8 hall 1 .................................................................... 96 CLICK Button .............................. 30 Drum Kit Play mode ................................... 8 MIDI note number ... 78... 79 Chord type ........................................................................................ 45.............................................. 57 mute Hi .................... 130 kick1/kick2 ..................................................... 101......................................HAT CONTROL Jack ...................................................... 50 Drum Kit Voice Edit mode .......................................................................................................................................... 6 LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 46.................................................... 22 Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................... 47 hi mono ............................................................................... 93 basemnt ........................................................... 45........................................................................ 46........................................................................... 85 Dumper Pedal ...................... 76...... 115............................. 23 Channel Message ........................................................................ 46 Click (metronome) .................................................................................................................................. 53 B (BOTTOM) ... 7 CLICK KICK/MISC.................................................................. 46 do FILL ........... 123 main R .......... 7 Chord input ........................................ 71 K K ..... 7 Beat .......... 85................ 18 Drum voice name ........................................................................................................ 44 I inc ............................................ 45 E E ........ 42 CONTRAST Knob ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59 hall 2 ............................................................................... 98 B b ............................. 131 ext .... 22 Drum Kits .......................................................................... 104 Data input . 101............................................................................................................. 45...................................... 47..................... 65 Chain Edit mode ........... 83........................................................................................................................... 59 HH ctrl .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 71 main L ........................................................................................................ 115 INPUT ATTENUATION Switches ......... 104 Data Scroll Wheel ............................... 46.......................................................................................................... 123 MASTER Volume Slider ................................................................................................................................................................................. 131 dynamic ............ 36 global ............................ 42 FOp .................................................................. 35 D Data focus area ................................ 46............................................................................................................. 46 indiv (individual) ................................ 54................... 71 Exclusive Message ...... 124 Backing Track ................................................................................................................... 57 hi tom ........................... 38 Cls ....... Volume Slider ......................... 59 CHAIN Button ...... 119 curSONG .......................................................... 7........................ 116 lo tom ...... 53 C (coarse tune) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8 FOP .......................................................................................................................................... 104 Measure/Beat/Clock ................................................................... 131 mono ... 45............... 45... 104 Beat focus area .................... 27 DC IN Jac .......................................................................................................... 125 INTRO ............................................................. 108 curCHAIN ................................................................................................ 41 Modulation ........................................................... 125 F F (fine tune) .............................................................. 85 bypass ....................... 45............................................................................................................................................. 6 Chain Edit Mode ............................................................... 42 FILL AB ........... 79 Chords .................... 90. 128 canyon . 90............ 130 CHORD CHO TR Button ............................................................................................................ 131 141 ............................................... 104 M MAIN A ........................................................ 129 MIDI Data Format .............................................................................................................................................. 71 MAIN B ............................................ 85 Measures ... 35 Location pointer .......................................................................................................... 123 Groove Check Function .......... 71 FILL BA ..... 54............................ 119 curPATRN ...... 108 Copy source ......................... 103........... 103 Chord List ......................... 124 Average Mode ...................................................................................................... 59 BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button ......................................................................................... 32 Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ............................................................................................................... 95 FORWARD Button ...................... 103 Data focus area area ........................................................ 40.......................................................................................... 25 LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) ............ 78 click .................. 83 MIDI ................................................................... 101..... 6 Measure number ............................ 45............................................... 6 Drum Kit Play Mode .............................. 38 Expression .......................................... 46............................................................................................................................................. 71 fix1 to fix127 ................................................ 45. 134 MIDI IN/OUT ........................ 46 expand ..................................................................................... 46................................................. 53 ENDING ......................... 7 C C ................................................. 6 clip ....................................................................................... 53 k ........... 18 Drum or Percussion Sounds ................................. 40.................................................. 131 Copy destination ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8 Control Change ................. 119 curDKIT .. 22 Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ................................................. 6 live (mode) ..................................................... 8 dec ................................................................. 26 G Gain . 46.......................................................................................................................................Appendix average ............ 38 L LCD .................................................. 45.............................. 123 mainL+R ..................................................................................................... 74.................................................................... 45........................................................................................................................................................... 85............................................................... 46 DRUM KIT Button .. 46..... 97 H H............. 53 Key Data ........................................................................................... 103 Beat Indicator ........................ 23 Chain Play Mode .... 40 FORWARD and REWIND Buttons .................................... 63 Chain Play mode ....................................................................................................................... 103......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 128 FCl .............................................. 8 int ........................

....................... 7 Song ............................................... 24 Song Record Mode ............................................ 57 POWER Switch .................................................................................................................................................................... 97 snare ................ 71 Style or pattern name ......... 115 white ................................................................................................ 76........................................................................................................... 119 System Message ......... 82 Real-time Message ................................. 26 PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button .......................... 79........ 7 Track ..... 45 Velocity ................................. 103 One Way .............................. 131 pad1/pad2 ................................. 78 SOLO Button ................................... 57 Sequence Track ......................... 59 stage 2 .. 71 pattern ...................... 96.................................................. 7 single .................................... 101 system ................................................................ 101 semi(2) ................ 124 Tempo .......................................................................................................................... 107 Song Job mode ..... 24 strtStp ................................... 93 Song Play mode ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 stage 1 ............................................ 131 Volume Adjustment ................. 19....................................... 43 stackMN ..................................... 77....... 124 Single Mode .................. 59 normal ........................................................................................................................... 105 QY PATRN ......................................................................................................... 103 Q Quantization ......................................................... 93 Transport Buttons ....... 80 Pattern Record mode ................................................ 131 plate ................................................................................................................................................. 131 T T ........................................................... 131 REWIND Button ............................ 130 Section .. 93 SHIFT Button ............................................................................................................ 101 STORE Button .................................... 40........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 95 PHONES Jack ......................................................... 74 PAUSE button ........................ 23 Pattern number ............................................ 7 Tempo change quantity .............................................................................................. 71................... 85...................... 40 room 1 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115 On-bass ..................................... 42 OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks ....................................................................... 59 Type ........ 130 VOICE Button ..................................................... 59 withPad ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85............................................................................................................................................................ 116 Program Change .......................................................................... 103 U User Patterns .................. 82 Step Recording ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 130 O off ...................................................................................... 24 stack .......................................... 19 song ...................... 7..................................... 75 S S .............................................................. 7 TR2 (CYMBAL) Button ...................................................... 105 TEMPO Button ........................................................................................................................................................................ 120 RECORD Button ..................................... 112 Utility mode ........................................................................................... 23 Pattern Record Mode ............................ 7 Volume ................................................................ 101 Style or pattern number ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 46 Step Rec (step recording) .... 38................... 7 Pattern ....... 78........................................................ 7 Triggering ................................................................................ 35 Solo .................................................................. 104 Tempo change time ...................................................... 45 Muting ................................................................................................................... 6 Pattern input ....... 45 Style .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59 START/STOP Button .............................. 53 T (TOP) ....................... 7 RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button ................................. 23 pause .. 8 Pitch Bend ............................................................ 93 SONG Button ................................................................................................................................. 53 Pad ............................................... 97 N none .............................................................................................................................................. 110 Opn ................................................................. 35 PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons .................................................................................................................................... 24 V Variabl ...... 84.............................. 6 Song Job Mode ....................................................................................... 45........... 110 Reverb Depth ............................................................................................. 99 Song Record mode ............................ 123 PATTERN Button ....................................................................................................... 88 Pattern Job mode ............................................................................................................... 104.............. 104 Tempo focus area .................................................................... 131 Real-time Recording ................................................................................. 53 s ...................... 7 statStp ................... 27 TRIGGER Button ............................................................................................................................... 59 poly ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 101............... 59 room 3 .................................................................... 8 prctice (practice mode) .................................................... 78................ 45 Note Off ....................................................................................................................................................... 8 P P ................................................................................................................................................ 69 Store mode ................................................. 85 Pattern Play Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 79................................................. 53 W w/shift ................................................. 82......................... 103 TR1 (MISC) Button .......................... 106 Receiving Bulk Data .......... 96............ 46 PAUSE Button ......................................... 7 Repeat .............................. 84..................................................................................... 59 Root ........ 44 142 .. 7 Store Mode .......................................................................................................... 24 Song Play Mode ............................. 72 UTILITY Button ................................ 20 tunnel ................................................................. 44........................ 59 room 2 ................................. 130 Note On .................................................................. 71.............................................. 71 Pattern Play mode ................................................................................................................... 7 Utility Mode ................................................................................. 105........................................... 7 PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button ................................. 119 R Real-time .Appendix mute Lo ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 101 Pattern Job Mode ............................................................................................................... 7 rim ..................................................................................

No 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 Name (LCD) SweetnLo q 2HeadLo q 2HedMed1 q 2HedMed2 q 2HeadHi q Basement q VeloRoom q DimWit q BigAC q Sub1 Sub2 q Sub3 q Sub4 q Sub5 q AnaQuick MtlPoint q Kombat q Bushy q BigSofty q BigBoy q Roomy q BD Rave1 q BD Rave2 q BD Rave3 q BD Rave4 q BD Rave5 q BD Rave6 q BD Rave7 q BD Rave8 q BD Rave9 q BDRave10 BDRave11 q BDdance1 BDersko1 q BDvman 1 q BDaftty1 q BDaftty2 q BDbonzo2 q BDpower BDfusio1 q BDtite1 q BDstomp1 q BDudu1 q BDindst1 q BDNIN1 q BDurban1 q BDfunky1 q BDurban2 q BDpalmer q BD808Lng q BDevolvr q BDevolv2 q BDbasc1 BDbasc2 BDdance5 q BDlong1 q BDvman 5 q BDdigiro q No 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 Grp K K K S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S G.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 Name (LCD) BD DRY 1 BD DRY 2 BD GMH BD GMM BD GML BD GMM2 BD 24Dry BD DRYB1 BD DRYBH BD GMJ BD BBALS BD DRY 3 BD DRY 4 BD DRY 5 q BD Soft BD KONG1 BD MONDO BD MND S BD NN04C BD ROOM1 BD ROOM2 BD ROOM3 BD ROOM4 BD ROOM5 BD 24Amb BD Rock1 BD Rock2 BD Metal q BD GATE1 BD GATE2 BD GATE3 BD GateM BD ELEC1 BD ELEC2 BD ELEC3 BDDance1 BDDance2 BDDance3 BDDance4 BDDance5 BDDance6 BDDance7 BDDance8 BDDance9 BDAnlg L BDAnlg H q BDRevers BD SCREM GrnCassa GrCMute QuikBuzz q Norma q Basic q SoTight q WudPoint q Pointy q DrkPoint q Bottom q No 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 Grp K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K G.No 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 Name (LCD) Dance06 Tekk Tekk 01 Tekk 02 Tekk 03 Tekk 04 Tekk 05 Tekk 06 Tekk 07 AnSStick AnalogH1 q AnalogL1 q Analog H q Analog L q Electrik Rock RockH RockM RockL RockRim q Amb 01 Amb 02 Amb 03 Amb 04 SnrRoll✻ SnRoll2✻ S RO_S S FT NZ3 S RuberS BrshSlp S Brsh S BrshTp S Brsh H S BrshOp S BrshSc S BrshSw BrSwL✻ BrSwH✻ BrshTap1 BrshTap2 BrshTap3 BrshSlpL SAmbie1 q SAmbie2 q SAmbie3 q SAmbie4 q SAmbie5 q Sambie6 q SAna1 q q SAna 2 q SAna3 SAna4 SAna5 q q q Beauty q BeatyRim Brassy q BrassRim q Loosy q ✻ marked voices consist of two layers. q marked voices are looped sounds.No 117 118 119 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Name (LCD) BDbass1 q BDbass2 q BDbass3 q VtgBrass VtgB 2 BrassRim Fat looz Hip Hop BrassPic S BrysnH S BrysnR Wood65 S Dry S DryPic DeepStel Looz Pic Wood Sn 12Soprno SnareM SnareH SnarDeep q SnareH2 q MrcSnrM MrcSnrH SnrGhst q ASOBI q SnareL2 q ToshL fi q Tosh Sn q Pilow Sn q Blaaaghf q ParadeS q HiGateSn q OpnRim q OpnRimA q OpnRimB q OpnRimC q OpnRimD q OpnRimE q S Elem1 S Elem2 S Elem3 S Elem4 S Room q S Gate S Gate1 S Gate2 S Gate3 S STK_HT S SStck1 S SStck2 S SStck3 Dance Dance01 Dance02 Dance03 Dance04 Dance05 No 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 Grp S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S G.Appendix Drum Voice List No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 Grp K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K G. 143 .

Appendix No 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 Grp S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S G.No 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 Name (LCD) LoosyRim q Snapper q SnaprRim q GateOK q GateORim DryUp q RIMouch! q Ambient q AmbiRim q Matchbox q RIMwatts q Picket q RIMnatul q RoldGold RoldRim q Deep&Dry q RIMetal q No 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 Grp S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S G.No 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 Name (LCD) AnaTiRim AnaDark AnaDaRim AnaHit q AnHitRim q AnaVel q AnVelRim q AnaWide AnaWiRim AnaYo q AnaYoRim q AnaWee q AnaWeRim q AnaAir q AnAirRim q AnaBuzz q AnaBzRim q AnaShh q AnaShRim q AnaMetal q AnaMeRim q AnaSlegh q AnaSlRim q BrSwTime BrSwTRim BrshHit1 Brsh1Rim BrshHit2 Brsh2Rim Brushup BrsUpRim BrshSwep BrshAtak Ambient1 q Ambt1rim q Powerpic q Pwrpcrim q Fatbrass Fatbrim q Smacker q Smakrim q Enotype q Eno rim q Factory q Fact rim q Woody q Woodyrim q Dry Guy q Drygyrim q Barypic q Baryrim q FX q FX rim q Filtroll q Filtrrim q Sheetmtl Shmtlrim q Gaterim q No 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 Grp S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T G.No 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 Name (LCD) Ana 1Mid Ana 1Lo Ana 1Flr Ana 2Hi q Ana 2Mid q Ana 2Lo q Ana 2flr Tron Hi q Tron Mid q Tron Lo q Tron Flr q DRY GM1 DRY GM2 DRY GM3 DRY GM4 DRY GM5 DRY GM6 Room 1 q Room 2 q Room 3 q Room 4 q Room 5 q Room 6 q Rock 1 Rock 2 Rock 3 Rock 4 Rock 5 Rock 6 E Tom1 E Tom2 E Tom3 E Tom4 E Tom5 E Tom6 AnlgTom1 AnlgTom2 AnlgTom3 AnlgTom4 AnlgTom5 AnlgTom6 RoomP H RoomP M RoomP L q RoomP F RoomQH q RoomQM q RoomQL q RoomQF q SAmbTmH q SAmbTmM q SAmbTmL q SAmbTmF q ElectrcH ElectrcM ElectrcL ElectrcF TEKK 1H 131 Blue90 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 Blu90Rim q BlastX q RIMdry1 q Nashvill q RIMrock q DryMetal q RIMshort q Binky q RIMpopr q Sticky q RIMfat1 q Slappy q RIMnashy q OldCan q RIM hipop q RollEm1 q RollRim1 q RollEm2 q RollRim2 151 RollEm3 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 RollRim3 Fantam q FantaRim q Steel q SteelRim q BigWood q BigWdRim q UnclAB q UnclARim q SnareLes q LesRim q SidStick q SidRim q 165 HiFive 166 Hi5Rim 167 168 169 170 CapGun q CapRim q Snarf q SnarfRim q 171 AnaTite 144 .No 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Name (LCD) JelyRoll Jelyrim q Electric EltrcRIM q DryPiclo DryPRim q Timbrim q Buzzring q BuzRgRim q Philydry q PhlyRiM q Nashvill q WackyEFX q Latinrim q Fusion q Metalpic q Dryroom q Distort q Ruberbnd q Cool Dry q TambSnre q Dry1 Hi Dry1 Mid Dry1 Lo Dry1 Flr Dry2 Hi Dry2 Mid Dry2 Lo Dry2 Flr Lite Hi q Lite Mid q Lite Lo q Lite Flr q Jazz Hi Jazz Mid Jazz Lo Jazz Flr BrshJzHi BrshJzMd BrshJzLo BrshJzFl BrshRkHi BrshRkMd BrshRkLo BrshRkFl Room1 Hi q Room1Mid q Room1 Lo q Room1Flr q Room2 Hi q Room2Mid q Room2 Lo q Room2Flr q Room3 Hi Room3Mid q Room3 Lo q Room3Flr q Ana 1Hi No 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 Grp T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T G.

No 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Name (LCD) H SplNB H Spl13 H Splsht HHFTpdl1 FTsplRK FTsplRK2 q HHRoKopn HHRoKcls HHcl2Xfd q HHclsXfd q FTsplsh1 FTsplsh2 q P AgogCh P AgogH1 P AgogH2 P ATR P Bell P BongMu P BongHi P BongLo P Cabasa P Castnt P Conga P CongAn P Clap8 P ClapA P ClvsA P Clvs P BassDr P CongaC P CongaH P CongaM P CongaO P CongaS P CongC7 P CongBe P Cong8H P Cong8L P CowB1 P CowB2 P CowBM P CowBAn P CuicaH P CuicaL P Kalmb P EthCB P EthWB P FSnap1 P FSnap2 P Guiro P GuiSht P HiQ P Log H P Log L P MarcsA P Marcs P MtBel P Mtron 145 .No 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Name (LCD) ACTomF TOMXfadH q TOMXfadM q TOMXfadL q TOMXfadF q AnaIndsH q AnaIndsM q AnaIndsL q AnaIndsF q Udu808H q Udu808L q HybridH q HybridM q HybridL q HybridF q IndTmH q IndTmM q IndTmL q IndTmF q Night H Night M Night L Night F ChinaHi CrshDRK DeepCym q RideXfd q Rider3 q Bell A Rocksizl q RidesizA q RidesizB q RidesizC q BellTip Ridedrk q Sizzler q FlatTop q RideRock FastCras VoclShKR q RaveRide q InddogCR q SoftRoll DeepDRK TambHH q FasCrash q BriteCrs SizzlLit q SizzlDrk q SizzlRck q RideLite RideDark RideRock RidB Lit RidB Drk RidB Rc Ride Anl Ride'EM q No 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 Grp C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C G.No 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 Name (LCD) TEKK 1M TEKK 1L TEKK 1F TEKK 2H TEKK 2M TEKK 2L TEKK 2F TEKK 3H TEKK 3M TEKK 3L TEKK 3F Distrt H Distrt M Distrt L Distrt F TomMUJH TomMUJM TomMUJ L ETMooRH ETMooRM ETMooRL ETMooRXL T Dist03 Analog T EthnoE T GongE TM Revrs AnaTom1 q AnaTom2 q AnaTom3 q AnaTom4 q AnaTom5 q AnaTom6 q GateBndH q GateBndM q GateBndL q GateBndF q DistOm H q DistOm M q DistOm L q DistOm F q AmbTomH AmbTomM AmbTomL AmbTomF EthnTomH q EthnTomL q RetroTmH q RetroTmM q RetroTmL q RetroTmF q TOMntrlH TOMntrlM TOMntrlL TOMntrlF ACTomH ACTomM ACTomL No 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 Grp T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C G.No 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 Name (LCD) MinChina C CrshSi q C Crash C CrshAC CrashB PaperThn China C Splsh1 C Splsh2 AngCym C FX01 C FX02 Thrash q ReverseC HCym1 HCymOpnL HCymClsL HCymOpnM HCymClsM HCym2 q H OpnL1 q H OpnL2 q H OpnMU q H OpnDW q H OpnL3 q H OpnLK q H OpnLA1 q H OpnLA2 q H OpnLX1 q H OpnDWX q H OpnNB H OPMu H Opn13 H OpnAn H OpnTc H OpnAMu H QOpnNB H QOpn13 H QOPMu H Cls01 H ClsNB1 H ClsNB2 q H ClsMu H Cls13 H ClsTc1 H ClsTc2 H ClsTc3 H ClsTc4 H ClsA1 H ClsA2 H TiCls1 H TiCls2 H Pdl13 H PdlNB H PdlMu H PdlDW H PdlLit q H PdTit No 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 Grp C C C C C C C C C C C C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P G.Appendix No 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 Grp T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T G.

BassH J.BassH P.BassH SyBass3L SyBass3H HHfatcls HHbrtcls HHntrlcl HHnycls HH32cls HHopen#1 HHopen#2 Hadlcls1 Hadlcls2 Hadlcls3 Hadlcls4 Hpsplsh1 146 .BassL J.BassL P.No 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Name (LCD) E Didger E FM Met E Glass1 C Crash E Gun 1 E Gun 3 E Indust E InsAmb E LoMo E MotoM E OrcHt1 E CBRadi E ComVc E Funky E HipNs E Motor E OOOWWW E TekGt E TV vo E Yadee E Scream E Bottle E CarPss E Crush E CStart E Dog E FStep E DSqrm E Door E Gun 2 E BrsHit E OrcHt1 E Laugh E NZE ✽ E PAD E Ring E Stream Stream ✽ E Thundr E Tire E USS E Seasho E Bird-P E Bird E Heli E Heli ✽ EAmbush q E Applau q LPscNoiz ✽ OrchSmsh q Shazam! q INDhihat q INDchina INDride q INDcrash SDind59 q INDbells q INDrave q No 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 Grp E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E k k G.No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Name (LCD) Xylophon GlockenH GlockenM GlockenL Celesta SteelDr3 SynPf 3 Chorus 4 ✽ Chor 539 ✽ Chor 516 ✽ ORGAN 3 ✽ sitar599 Brass 4 ✽ Brass 5 ✽ SBrass 4 ✽ SBrass 5 ✽ Trp 4 ✽ MTrp 4 ✽ Trb 3 ✽ STRNG 4 ✽ STRNG 3 ✽ SStrngA ✽ SStrngB ✽ SynSt 3 ✽ Syn 3 ✽ Strg 552 Syn 531 ✽ AcBass SyBass1L SyBass1H BassSAWL ✽ BassSAWH ✽ SyBass2L SyBass2H BassSINL BassSINH S.Appendix No 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 Grp P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E G.BassL S.No 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 1 2 Name (LCD) SDdark! q SDdkrim q INDride3 INDride2 q DogHats q INDconga q EvlLoop✽ Gargoyle q RatlBoom q Spirals✽ AlienSp✽ q INDshakr q LoMLoop✽ q LoMsolo✽ Wakloop✽ q RaveWave q TablaX q DigiTime q ✽ LoopItUp q ✽ BuzzyWak q HandyDad q HandySon q TineDrum q MetalDip q Creature q AMRhythm q TungDrum q RubbrOil BreakOut q OmenBass q TimbTimp q NoyzEB q SlikRoad q 6AMBreth q Reverse q HaHoHee q TymKeepr q WetMetal q SloSprkl q TakeOff q JerseyL ✽ UptownL ✽ Hollis L ✽ PhatLoo ✽ SwingnL ✽ KillnL ✽ Kangroo✽ q Machine✽ q NYCLoop✽ q PsychoL✽ q HellsBl ✽ ET Loop ✽ q LoMO LP ✽ FactryL ✽ Cymbloo✽ q DIGERDO ✽ vibe 541 Marimba No 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 Grp k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k s s s s s s s s b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b H H H H H H H H H H H H G.BassL E.BassH E.No 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 1 Name (LCD) P Scrach P ShakeA P Shake1 P Shake2 P SlBell P SurdoM P Surdo P TablaH P TablaM P TablaN P TablaO P TambA P Tambrn P TimbH P TimbL P Timb P TimCas P TriMut P Triang P CongaG P Udo F P Udo H P Udo L P VibrS P WBloc P WHP P Whist P ClapL P TalkD P TimpH P TimpL P GranC P GrnCRe P Taiko P WCHim Cabasa q SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ JingBell Bell Tre AnCowbll AnCongaH AnCongaM AnCongaL q AnMaracs q XfadeTri q Tambourn Maracas q Tabla B Tabla BL Tabla BM Tabla BV Tabla OV CongaMV TalknDrV TalknDrD TalknDrU E CoolSA No 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 Grp E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E G.

Piano1 E.Gtr Ovrdrive Dist.Bass FngrBass PickBass Fretless SlapBas1 SlapBas2 SynBass1 SynBass2 Violin Viola Cello ContraBs Trem. Celesta Glocken MusicBox Vibes Marimba Xylophon TubulBel Dulcimer DrawOrgn PercOrgn RockOrgn ChrchOrg ReedOrgn Acordion Harmnica TangoAcd NylonGtr SteelGtr Jazz Gtr CleanGtr Mute.Str1 Syn.Horn Bassoon Clarinet Piccolo Flute Recorder PanFlute Bottle Shakhchi Whistle Ocarina SquareLd Saw.Str Pizz.Lead CaliopLd Chiff Ld CharanLd Voice Ld Fifth Ld Bass &Ld NewAgePd Warm Pad PolySyPd ChoirPad BowedPad MetalPad Halo Pad SweepPad Layer 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 No 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 Sound Effect Percussiv Ethnic Category Synth Effects Display Rain SoundTrk Crystal Atmosphr Bright Goblins Echoes SF Sitar Banjo Shamisen Koto Kalimba Bagpipe Fiddle Shanai TnklBell Agogo SteelDrm WoodBlok TaikoDrm MelodTom Syn.Sax Oboe Eng. Clavi.Gtr GtrHarmo Aco.Str Harp Timpani Layer 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 No 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 Synth Pad Synth Lead Pipe Reed Brass Category Ensemble Display Strings1 Strings2 Syn.Piano2 Harpsi.Drum RevCymbl FretNoiz BrthNoiz Seashore Tweet Telphone Helicptr Applause Gunshot Layer 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 147 .Hit Trumpet Trombone Tuba Mute.Trp Fr.Horn BrasSect SynBras1 SynBras2 SprnoSax Alto Sax TenorSax Bari.Appendix GM Keyboard Voice List No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Strings Bass Guitar Organ Chromatic Percussion Category Piano Display GrandPno BritePno E.Str2 ChoirAah VoiceOoh SynVoice Orch.Grand HnkyTonk E.

3:alter MN. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice. 1:Semi(2).HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 1 N. 2:stack MN. 2:Mono. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode Key off 0:Poly. GM jazz GM brush GM class Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name T T T C T P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P 151 152 153 59 154 47 37 94 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 9 46 95 238 7 111 48 249 14 113 49 79 4 91 3 57 2 1 40 1 13 14 6 93 42 28 40 70 9 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 6 86 ACTomH ACTomM ACTomL H OpnDW ACTomF P Scrach P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT BDaftty2 BuzRgRim BD 24Dry BDbasc1 S SStck2 Cool Dry P ClapA Loosy DRY GM1 H Cls13 Dry1 Flr H PdlDW Dry1 Lo H OpnL2 Dry1 Mid Dry1 Hi CrashB Dry1 Hi Sizzler FlatTop Bell A ✽ Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizB P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 Bell A ✽ Bell Tre fine -33 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -36 0 0 40 0 0 -35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 1 0 -2 -3 -2 -2 3 -1 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 -1 4 0 0 1 4 2 0 -1 -2 0 -1 0 1 3 0 2 -2 -1 0 0 -2 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. 4 Livinlrg Hats!dog DownTown Space123 SD!Panic Reggae Tabla AlterPer SFX 1 SFX 2 Piano Vibe SteelDrm Strings Bass User kit User kit User kit Number 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Name Acoustic Rock 1 Hip-Hop Industry N.Appendix Drum Kit List User Drum kits (Rewritable) Preset Drum kits Preset Drum Kit 33 Acoustic PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. GM anal. 2 Country BeBop Rock 2 1970 kit X-Fade Studio Dance 1 Dance 2 HHpDncMX WldDncMX IndustMX Banana LatinPer Symphony Latin World 1 World 2 GM std 1 GM std 2 GM room GM rock GM elec. 1:alter. 1:enable 148 . 3 N.Y.Y.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 40 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 33 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 13 14 15 17 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Name Acoustkt RockLive PowerKit BigRoomD RockDry1 RockDry2 RockDry3 RockDry4 RockDry5 HipDanse HardGtBD kick3itm N.Y. 3:Hi Mono 0:disable.Y.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 55 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 33 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 13 14 15 17 53 49 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 35 Hip-Hop PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Appendix 34 Rock 1 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 1 0 4 0 4 (H.Hat) 1 0 4 0 1st 38 41 19 59 49 46 36 53 14 56 Note Number (0: off) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 GrandPno (ch=16) 45 47 48 50 GrandPno (ch=16) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 23 15 27 0 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 T T T C T P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C E C P P P P P P P P P P E P E E E E E P P P E E E C E Voice Name 173 174 175 101 176 47 37 104 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 98 46 60 210 7 112 48 227 14 113 49 76 28 97 27 100 26 25 40 54 28 39 33 93 42 28 40 96 27 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 97 83 9 33 32 33 32 71 31 66 113 99 70 6 72 Night H Night M Night L HHRoKcls Night F P Scrach P FSnap2 FTsplsh1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt SAmbie1 S STK_HT 2HeadLo Fatbrim BD 24Dry BDbasc2 S SStck2 Sheetmtl P ClapA Loosy DRY GM1 H ClsNB1 Room1Flr HHFTpdl1 Room1 Lo HHRoKopn Room1Mid Room1 Hi CrashB DRY GM6 RideLite C CrshAC RidB Rc Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB TymKeepr SizzlRck P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa WetMetal SWhistH✽ E InsAmb E OrcHt1 E BrsHit E OrcHt1 E BrsHit P WBloc P CuicaH P CongaG FactryLP TakeOff AlienSp✽ Bell A ✽ LoMLoop✽ Pitch fine Corse 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 2 0 0 0 0 -2 0 3 -41 -1 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -36 0 0 4 0 0 40 0 32 -1 0 4 -35 1 0 0 0 -3 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -2 0 -1 0 -2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 -26 0 0 0 0 -4 20 0 0 2 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 -1 0 -7 0 -3 0 -9 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 6 5 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 K E E C K K E C P P P P S S E S S P S S K S K K S S E S T C K C T C T T E T C C C P C P C P E P P P P T T P T P T P P P P P P P P P E P E P E E Voice Name 68 115 15 79 72 104 106 94 46 45 1 71 95 92 18 93 81 10 176 46 114 5 8 34 48 127 32 127 14 75 56 91 16 61 14 13 50 15 28 43 33 93 40 28 40 70 62 7 8 20 11 175 175 61 174 3 173 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 72 31 75 64 16 49 108 101 Sub1 DIGERDO E Funky H Cls13 Sub5 BDurban1 KangrooL H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P AgogCh P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ E OOOWWW BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt AnHitRim S STK_HT BDlong1 Hip Hop BD DRYB1 BD ELEC2 S SStck2 RoldGold E BrsHit RoldGold Jazz Mid H Cls01 Pointy H PdlDW Jazz Flr H OpnLK Jazz Mid Jazz Hi LPscNoiz Jazz Lo RideLite C Splsh1 RidB Rc Tambourn CrashB P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS INDride3 P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga Night L Night L P TimbL Night M P AgogH2 Night H Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WHP P CuicaH RaveWave P TriMut E HipNs P Shake1 NYCLoop UptownL fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 -54 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 -10 Pitch Corse 0 1 1 0 6 -1 2 -1 1 1 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 -1 0 1 4 0 0 3 -5 1 0 -2 -2 0 -1 0 3 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 2 0 13 0 0 0 1 -5 -1 -8 -1 -4 1 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 Alt Grp 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Key mode 1 3 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 149 .

voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 1 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Y. 1:alter. 3:alter MN. 1:Semi(2). 2:stack MN. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 (H.Appendix 36 Industry PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 4 0 3 (H. 3:Hi Mono 150 Key off 0:disable.Hat) 0 0 4 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 71 56 2nd 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 33 0 73 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 74 76 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 79 84 15 17 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 83 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 37 N.Hat) 1 0 1 0 1st 40 Note Number (0: off) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 RockOrgn (ch=14) RockOrgn (ch=14) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fifth Ld (ch=15) 42 44 46 0 Synbass1 (cn=16) 0 0 0 0 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 19 18 54 17 53 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 43 59 46 53 52 56 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 K K E C E K P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S E S T E E C T C T T C T C C C P C P C C C P P P P P P P s P P P s P s s P s P P E P P P C E Voice Name 19 106 17 80 102 73 37 94 46 45 28 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 206 46 106 35 7 93 48 213 32 213 49 64 110 91 176 57 174 173 1 54 28 43 6 93 2 28 40 49 12 7 8 20 11 11 61 61 1 3 82 94 1 84 2 2 16 4 71 31 1 64 65 49 43 20 BD NN04C BDurban2 E Motor H ClsTc1 Hollis L AnaQuick P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P CowB2 P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Ambt1rim S STK_HT BDurban2 OpnRimD BD 24Dry BDvman 1 S SStck2 Enotype E BrsHit Enotype DRY GM1 DogHats HellsBel H PdlDW Night F H OpnL2 Night M Night H ChinaHi DRY GM6 RideLite C Splsh1 Bell A ✽ Tambourn CrshDRK P CowB2 CrashB ReverseC Ridedrk P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbL P TimbL STRNG 4 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas STRNG 4 SWhistL✽ STRNG 3 STRNG 3 P Clvs SStrngB4 P WBloc P CuicaH E CoolSA P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 C Splsh1 E TV vo fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -7 0 0 40 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -35 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -37 Pitch Corse 0 -2 0 0 1 -1 3 -1 1 1 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0 0 -5 -2 0 0 0 0 2 0 -6 -1 2 0 0 -1 -2 0 -2 0 2 -5 -1 0 0 0 1 -3 0 -8 1 -4 0 0 -12 2 2 -24 -2 -6 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 Alt Grp 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 K K K C E P P P P P P P S S S S E P S S K S K K S S P S T C E C T C T T C T C E C E C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 118 118 118 80 73 47 70 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 99 10 9 46 6 224 7 92 48 249 14 113 49 79 104 91 8 66 14 13 40 54 28 18 6 98 42 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 62 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 6 86 BDbass2 BDbass2 BDbass2 H ClsTc1 LoMsolo✽ P Scrach P VibrS P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ TakeOff P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT BD GMM2 FX rim BD 24Dry BDersko1 S SStck2 Cool Dry P ClapA Loosy DRY GM1 H Cls13 SwingnL H PdlDW Dry2 Flr H OpnNB Jazz Mid Jazz Hi CrashB DRY GM6 RideLite E OOOWWW Bell A ✽ SloSprkl China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P Timb P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 Bell A ✽ Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 0 0 40 0 0 -35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse -12 -5 2 4 2 0 0 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 0 4 0 0 1 4 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -2 0 2 0 -1 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. 1:enable . 2:Mono.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 23 18 33 17 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 46 36 59 52 56 16 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P E E P P P P P P S S S S S C S S K S K K S S C S S C E C T C S S T S C C T P C P T P C C C C C C P P C C C P s P s s C s s s s s s P s P 30 31 18 50 113 88 15 14 24 23 49 49 57 52 58 55 53 93 227 44 109 228 45 16 42 227 97 9 242 101 105 91 154 100 241 241 168 241 1 16 172 37 33 5 168 48 1 90 91 103 94 94 39 39 86 86 92 22 2 62 1 2 99 4 1 1 1 1 1 27 1 64 P CowBAn P CuicaH P CongaC P Shake2 FactryLP BreakOut P ClvsA P ClapA P CongBe P CongC7 P Shake1 P Shake1 Tekk Dance02 Tekk 01 Dance05 Dance03 H PdTit Sheetmtl S Gate2 BDevolvr Shmtlrim BDAnlg L BD KONG1 S Gate Sheetmtl HHFTpdl1 Wood65 WackyEFX HHRoKcls KillnL H PdlDW ACTomF HHRoKopn Nashvill Nashvill HybridF Nashvill ChinaHi FastCras IndTmF P FSnap2 RidB Rc P Bell HybridF P ShakeA ChinaHi H PdlMu H PdlDW HHclsXfd H SplNB H SplNB P GuiSht P GuiSht H TiCls1 H TiCls1 H PdlLit P CongaS STRNG 3 P Timb STRNG 4 STRNG 3 FTsplRK2 SStrngB4 STRNG 4 STRNG 4 STRNG 4 STRNG 4 STRNG 4 P CowB1 STRNG 4 P TriMut fine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 0 0 3 0 0 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 6 9 2 14 -1 -3 -1 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 0 -8 1 -4 0 0 -17 2 -10 0 -2 5 5 -22 -15 -7 4 0 -5 0 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P E P C C P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S E S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 52 101 40 80 1 59 37 94 46 45 28 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 9 46 55 158 8 95 48 217 32 135 49 79 4 91 3 66 2 1 38 54 28 40 6 93 42 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 61 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 43 86 P SurdoM UptownL P HiQ H ClsTc1 ChinaHi P Tambrn P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P CowB2 P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT WudPoint BigWdRim BD DRYB1 BDaftty2 S SStck2 Woody E BrsHit Nashvill DRY GM1 H Cls13 Dry1 Flr H PdlDW Dry1 Lo H OpnNB Dry1 Mid Dry1 Hi C Crash DRY GM6 RideLite CrashB Bell A ✽ Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbL P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 C Splsh1 Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 40 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 1 2 0 -1 -1 3 -1 1 1 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 4 0 0 0 -5 -1 0 0 -2 0 -3 0 -1 0 -4 0 0 -1 -1 0 -2 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 1 -3 0 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 0 4 Alt Grp 3 0 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 151 .Hit (ch15) 42 44 46 0 SynBass1 (ch16) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 0 0 33 18 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 Country PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Y.Appendix 38 N.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 2 2 0 4 1 1 (H. 2 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 78 71 45 43 2nd 40 79 73 0 17 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 80 81 83 74 76 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BritePno (ch=13) Orch.

2:Mono. 3:Hi Mono 152 Key off 0:disable. 1:Semi(2). 1:alter. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.Appendix 40 BeBop PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 3:alter MN. 1:enable .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 55 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 33 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 13 14 15 17 53 49 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 T T T C T P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 17 18 19 59 20 47 37 94 46 45 71 71 199 92 197 204 81 10 9 46 61 218 7 92 48 249 14 9 49 79 16 88 16 59 14 13 1 1 13 3 32 93 16 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 2 86 BrshJzHi BrshJzMd BrshJzLo H OpnDW BrshJzFl P Scrach P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshHit2 BrSwL✽ BrshHit1 BrshAtak SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT 2HedMed1 Woodyrim BD 24Dry BDersko1 S SStck2 Cool Dry P ClapA Wood65 DRY GM1 H Cls13 Jazz Flr H Pdl13 Jazz Flr H OpnDW Jazz Mid Jazz Hi ChinaHi Dry1 Hi Sizzler DeepCym RidB Drk Tambourn FastCras P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 CrshDRK Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 57 2 0 2 0 -2 2 -3 0 -2 0 -2 0 3 27 0 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 -1 0 0 2 1 0 4 0 0 40 0 0 1 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 -4 -28 -1 0 1 -57 -2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 -2 10 0 0 0 0 -2 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 T T T C T P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C E C P P P P P P P P P P E P E E E E E P P P E E E C E Voice Name 173 174 175 101 176 47 37 104 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 98 46 16 170 7 112 48 227 14 73 49 79 28 89 27 57 26 25 40 54 28 39 33 93 42 28 40 96 27 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 97 83 9 11 32 11 32 71 31 66 113 93 70 6 72 Night H Night M Night L HHRoKcls Night F P Scrach P FSnap2 FTsplsh1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt SAmbie1 S STK_HT BD KONG1 SnarfRim BD 24Dry BDbasc2 S SStck2 Sheetmtl P ClapA RockM DRY GM1 H Cls13 Room1Flr H PdlNB Room1 Lo H OpnL2 Room1Mid Room1 Hi CrashB DRY GM6 RideLite C CrshAC RidB Rc Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB TymKeepr SizzlRck P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa WetMetal SWhistH✽ E InsAmb E MotoM E BrsHit E MotoM E BrsHit P WBloc P CuicaH P CongaG FactryLP 6AMBreth AlienSp✽ Bell A ✽ LoMLoop✽ fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 -41 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -36 0 0 40 32 0 -35 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 -26 0 0 20 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse -1 -1 -1 0 0 -2 3 -1 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 4 0 0 -1 4 1 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2 -1 -2 0 0 -2 0 0 -4 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 0 -2 -7 -4 -9 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 0 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 Key-on Mode 0:stack.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 28 59 49 46 33 53 53 56 2nd 40 0 0 0 25 0 0 42 36 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 13 14 17 27 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 41 Rock 2 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 2:stack MN.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 Note Number (0: off) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 31 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 slapbas1 (ch13) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 23 27 33 39 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P E P C C P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S E S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 52 101 40 80 1 59 37 94 46 45 28 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 10 46 55 158 8 109 48 217 32 27 49 79 158 91 157 66 156 155 38 54 28 40 6 93 42 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 61 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 43 86 P SurdoM UptownL P HiQ H ClsTc1 ChinaHi P Tambrn P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P CowB2 P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt S Dry S STK_HT WudPoint BigWdRim BD DRYB1 BDevolvr S SStck2 Woody E BrsHit Pilow Sn DRY GM1 H Cls13 TOMXfadF H PdlDW TOMXfadL H OpnNB TOMXfadM TOMXfadH C Crash DRY GM6 RideLite CrashB Bell A ✽ Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbL P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 C Splsh1 Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 3 0 -1 -20 1 -19 1 38 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 2 -3 0 5 0 -1 40 0 0 0 0 -5 13 1 0 0 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -3 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 -1 10 -1 0 0 0 -2 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 0 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Alt Grp 3 0 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 P C P C P P P C P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S E S T C K C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 52 2 40 80 47 47 37 94 46 45 28 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 9 46 55 155 8 109 48 217 32 238 3 79 56 91 158 66 156 155 40 54 28 43 6 93 42 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 61 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 43 86 P SurdoM CrshDRK P HiQ H ClsTc1 P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 H SplNB P Mtron P MtBel P CowB2 P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT WudPoint Steel BD DRYB1 BDevolvr S SStck2 Woody E BrsHit BuzRgRim Dry1 Lo H Cls13 Pointy H PdlDW TOMXfadF H OpnNB TOMXfadM TOMXfadH CrashB DRY GM6 RideLite C Splsh1 Bell A ✽ Tambourn China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbL P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 C Splsh1 Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -7 0 0 40 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 0 2 0 4 -1 3 -1 1 1 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 4 0 0 0 -5 -2 0 0 -2 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -2 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 1 -3 0 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 0 4 Alt Grp 3 0 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 153 .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 40 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 23 18 33 17 53 55 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 43 X-Fade PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 42 1970 kit PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 (H.

voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 1:enable .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 40 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 70 17 18 52 53 55 54 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P C P P P P S S S S S P S T K S K K T S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C T C T C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 74 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 26 8 6 4 4 7 5 16 14 17 49 78 4 92 3 67 2 1 41 54 28 42 48 7 44 6 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 44 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 H QOPMu P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt Tosh Sn Dry2 Flr BD GMM2 Fat looz BD GMM BD 24Dry Dry2 Hi SnareM P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsMu Dry1 Flr H PdlLit Dry1 Lo H OPMu Dry1 Mid Dry1 Hi PaperThn DRY GM6 RideLite China Thrash Dry2 Lo C Splsh2 Dry2 Mid CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 C Splsh2 Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 0 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 -2 40 -2 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 0 0 13 0 2 0 9 0 2 0 10 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 0 0 0 20 -3 0 2 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S C S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 49 80 40 52 46 36 165 44 37 65 55 14 59 98 84 105 85 104 69 103 101 45 95 28 42 31 93 43 30 40 70 34 7 8 25 26 26 60 61 3 3 82 91 83 84 39 38 15 71 71 47 47 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL ReverseC SnrRoll✽ P HiQ Dance02 S STK_HT BDDance1 HiFive BDDance9 BDDance2 AnSStick Dance05 P ClapA Tekk 02 TEKK 1F H ClsA1 TEKK 3L H ClsA2 TEKK 3M H OpnAn TEKK 3H TEKK 2L AngCym TEKK 1H RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowBAn CrashB P VibrS Ride Anl P BongHi P BongLo P Cong8H P Cong8L P Cong8L P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa AnMaracs SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P ClvsA P WBloc P WBloc P Scrach P Scrach P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 32 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -1 0 0 -2 0 0 2 4 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 -2 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 -5 -8 1 -4 0 1 2 2 9 0 2 0 -6 1 -4 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 44 Studio PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 2:stack MN. 3:alter MN.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 51 54 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 20 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 45 Dance 1 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 1:Semi(2).HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 2:Mono. 1:alter. 3:Hi Mono 154 Key off 0:disable. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.

HAT KICK Key-on Mode Note Number (0: off) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 0 0 0 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 0 0 0 4 43 0 0 0 0 0 52 0 0 0 0 0 59 0 0 0 0 3 Orch.Hit (ch15) (H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 35 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 82 19 18 52 53 55 54 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 47 HHpDncMX PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 46 Dance 2 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 1 SynBass1(ch16) 0 0 53 0 0 0 0 1 53 49 0 0 0 0 56 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 0 0 17 17 53 16 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S C S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 40 72 47 47 43 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 49 80 40 55 46 37 31 44 39 65 66 14 67 98 84 98 85 97 69 96 95 45 95 28 42 31 58 44 30 40 70 34 7 8 25 26 26 60 61 3 3 82 91 83 84 39 38 15 71 71 47 47 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P MarcsA P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL ReverseC SnrRoll✽ P HiQ Dance05 S STK_HT BDDance2 OpnRim BDDance9 BDDance4 AnSStick AnalogH1 P ClapA AnalogL1 TEKK 1F H ClsA1 TEKK 1F H ClsA2 TEKK 1L H OpnAn TEKK 1M TEKK 1H AngCym TEKK 1H RideLite China RidB Lit P TambA C Splsh2 P CowBAn CrashB P VibrS Ride Anl P BongHi P BongLo P Cong8H P Cong8L P Cong8L P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa AnMaracs SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P ClvsA P WBloc P WBloc P Scrach P Scrach P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 32 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -1 0 0 -2 0 0 2 4 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 -2 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 -5 -8 1 -4 0 1 2 2 9 0 2 0 -6 1 -4 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 K K K C E P P P P P P P S S S S E P S S K S K K S S P S T C E C T C T T C T C E C E C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P C P Voice Name 118 118 118 80 73 47 70 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 99 10 9 46 6 184 7 92 48 249 14 104 49 79 104 91 8 66 14 13 40 54 28 18 6 98 42 28 40 70 8 7 8 20 11 11 62 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 6 86 BDbass2 ** BDbass2 ** BDbass2 ** H ClsTc1 LoMsolo✽ P Scrach P VibrS P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ TakeOff ** P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT BD GMM2 AnaWeRim ** BD 24Dry BDersko1 ** S SStck2 Cool Dry ** P ClapA SAna1 ** DRY GM1 H Cls13 SwingnL H PdlDW Dry2 Flr H OpnNB Jazz Mid Jazz Hi CrashB DRY GM6 RideLite E OOOWWW Bell A ✽ SloSprkl China P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS RidesizA P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P Timb P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 Bell A ✽ Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 0 0 40 0 0 -35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse -12 -5 2 4 2 0 0 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 0 0 4 0 0 1 4 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -2 0 2 0 -1 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 155 .

1:enable .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 Note Number (0: off) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SlapBas2 (ch15) VoiceOoh (ch16) 42 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 54 13 0 0 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 36 53 59 45 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S E K S K K E S P S T C E C E C E E E T C C E E E E C P E P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P T P 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 51 30 6 56 4 89 59 16 14 17 49 84 30 88 35 69 18 13 104 54 28 42 60 14 32 34 40 70 50 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 117 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt Dance01 E Door BD GMM2 Dance06 BD GMM BDRave10 INDrave SnareM P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsA1 E Door H Pdl13 E NZE ✽ H OpnAn E OOOWWW E CBRadi SwingnL DRY GM6 RideLite China SDdark! E ComVc E BrsHit E Laugh CrashB P VibrS LPscNoiz P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 ETMooRXL Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 9 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 -6 0 15 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 0 0 5 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 E P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S E K S K K E S P S T C E C E C S E s T C C C E k E C P b P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P b P b P b P b P b Voice Name 84 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 13 82 6 5 4 103 50 16 14 17 49 78 20 90 85 67 28 76 4 54 28 42 31 16 9 35 40 70 2 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 2 71 2 32 2 65 2 85 3 Creature P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt Looz Pic TineDrum BD GMM2 Hip Hop BD GMM BDNIN1 LPscNoiz SnareM P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsMu E TV vo H PdlMu AMRhythm H OPMu Blaaaghf TablaX SStrngB4 DRY GM6 RideLite China RidB Lit E HipNs SynPf 3 E NZE ✽ CrashB P VibrS SyBass1L P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa ** Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs SyBass1L P WBloc SyBass1L P CuicaL SyBass1L P Triang SyBass1L JingBell SyBass1H fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -9 0 0 0 0 -2 0 -1 2 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 1 -1 3 0 5 2 5 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. 2:Mono. 3:alter MN. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 3:Hi Mono 156 Key off 0:disable. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice. 1:alter.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 52 67 58 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 54 32 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 49 IndustMX PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 1:Semi(2).Appendix 48 WldDncMX PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 (H. 2:stack MN.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 79 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 54 32 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 0 0 0 0 0 51 LatinPer PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 64 65 66 57 28 67 79 63 33 81 60 61 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 20 56 55 52 58 68 49 62 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S P K S K K S S P S T C P C P C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 70 59 6 6 4 34 48 16 14 17 49 78 67 92 68 67 45 53 44 54 28 42 31 93 44 102 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 off 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt Electrik P Tambrn BD GMM2 BrassPic BD GMM BD ELEC2 S SStck2 SnareM P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsMu P Udo F H PdlLit P Udo H H OPMu Tron Hi DRY GM5 C Splsh2 DRY GM6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh2 TalknDrD CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 off Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 9 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 40 0 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 0 0 13 0 -2 0 9 0 -5 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 2 0 0 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P S S K S P P S P P P P C P C P C P P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 6 72 12 22 21 19 46 45 71 71 92 99 100 69 103 10 9 46 61 31 22 24 48 25 14 26 28 79 35 88 41 63 42 54 38 56 28 57 31 93 63 27 68 70 69 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 96 66 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P BongMu P WHP P CongAn P CongaS P CongaO P CongaH P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc XfadeTri Tabla OV CongaMV P Udo L TalknDrU P Castnt Wood65 S STK_HT 2HedMed1 OpnRim P CongaS P CongBe S SStck2 P Cong8H P ClapA P Cong8L P CowB2 H Cls13 P EthWB H Pdl13 P Log H H OpnLA2 P Log L P TablaH C Crash P TablaN RideLite P TablaO RidB Lit Tambourn P TimCas P CowB1 P Udo H P VibrS P Udo L P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs Tabla BL P CongaG P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 -29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 0 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -1 0 0 4 -4 0 0 4 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 -2 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -4 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 157 .HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 50 Banana PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 67 68 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P k P k k k E E P P P S S S S S P S S P S K K S S P P T C P C P P P P C P C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 2 72 2 2 2 7 7 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 16 46 17 31 49 50 48 26 14 76 12 78 78 90 77 76 77 76 51 76 28 42 31 93 40 27 53 70 52 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo Marimba P WHP Marimba Marimba Marimba E Gun 3 E Gun 3 P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt SnareM S STK_HT P BassDr OpnRim GrnCassa GrCMute S SStck2 Tosh Sn P ClapA P TimpH Lite Flr H ClsMu P GranC H PdlMu P TimpL P TimpH P TimpL P TimpH HCymOpnL P TimpH RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn CrashB P CowB1 HCymOpnM P VibrS HCymClsL P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 0 7 0 9 0 10 0 0 0 0 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -4 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 4 0 4 0 -4 0 0 0 -3 0 0 0 -4 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 5 0 4 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 0 0 1 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P S P P P P P P S P P P S P S P K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 52 53 1 162 27 10 3 41 3 42 95 6 18 19 81 22 24 35 8 122 94 77 47 9 13 82 4 77 4 89 4 57 3 3 39 3 3 1 32 59 41 28 40 70 13 7 8 22 21 21 60 61 3 3 9 44 73 73 39 38 16 63 66 31 32 64 65 49 49 81 P SurdoM P Surdo P SurdoM P Surdo P AgogCh LesRim P CowB1 P Castnt P AgogH2 P Log H P AgogH2 P Log L BrshTap2 P BongMu P CongaC P CongaH SnRoll2✽ P CongaS SnareL2 P EthWB BD DRYB1 AmbiRim BDaftty1 BigSofty S SStck1 Wood65 P Clap8 S RO_S Dry1 Flr H ClsNB2 Dry1 Flr H PdlNB Dry1 Flr H OpnL2 Dry1 Lo Dry1 Lo C CrshAC Dry1 Lo DeepCym ChinaHi RidB Drk P Tambrn PaperThn P CowB2 CrashB P VibrS Sizzler P BongHi P BongLo P CongaS P CongaO P CongaO P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 P Cabasa P Marcs P Whist P Whist P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P TimCas P CongaG P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 P Shake1 P WCHim fine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse -2 -8 0 2 -3 5 4 -2 -5 16 -11 16 0 0 -1 0 -5 0 0 2 0 -1 -6 3 0 0 2 4 0 0 4 0 8 2 6 9 2 14 0 -8 2 -1 1 -4 2 -4 0 0 0 -4 -1 -6 -4 -10 -6 -12 0 0 5 -1 -1 -6 -2 1 -1 4 -4 0 0 -5 -19 -7 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. 1:Semi(2).Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 35 81 49 40 33 83 52 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 16 76 77 59 58 51 55 54 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 80 54 0 0 0 0 0 53 Latin PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 1:enable .Appendix 52 Symphony PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 3:alter MN. 2:stack MN. 2:Mono. 3:Hi Mono 158 Key off 0:disable. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 1:alter.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.

Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 40 65 66 43 71 67 54 69 33 59 19 17 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 28 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 70 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 55 World 2 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 54 World 1 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 35 52 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S P P P P P S P K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C C C P P P P P P P P P P P E E P P P P P E E P P P P E Voice Name 52 53 26 55 57 55 56 54 42 42 41 41 95 69 69 68 68 67 239 67 21 156 60 63 48 28 14 207 4 76 4 89 4 68 3 2 23 1 5 36 31 59 47 28 38 53 27 7 8 22 21 21 60 60 2 2 49 49 86 86 75 75 75 75 75 115 82 64 65 49 85 82 P SurdoM P Surdo P Cong8L P TablaM P TablaO P TablaM P TablaN P TablaH P Log L P Log L P Log H P Log H BrshTap2 P Udo L P Udo L P Udo H P Udo H P Udo F Philydry P Udo F BD ROOM2 SteelRim 2HeadLo 2HeadHi S SStck2 Blaaaghf P ClapA Powerpic Dry1 Flr H ClsNB1 Dry1 Flr H PdlNB Dry1 Flr H Opn13 Dry1 Lo Dry1 Mid FasCrash Dry1 Hi Rider3 MinChina RidB Lit P Tambrn C FX02 P CowB2 C Crash HCymOpnM SizzlRck P BongHi P BongLo P CongaS P CongaO P CongaO P TimbH P TimbH P AgogH1 P AgogH1 P Shake1 P Shake1 TungDrum TungDrum P TalkD P TalkD P TalkD P TalkD P TalkD DIGERDO TineDrum P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell TineDrum Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 -9 0 -20 0 -8 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -6 -19 1 0 3 0 8 0 4 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 40 0 0 0 0 4 0 3 0 -1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 5 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 0 0 -8 0 -1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 36 0 0 -2 0 -2 0 -1 0 0 0 -5 0 -5 0 -12 40 0 0 -6 0 -7 0 -2 0 -4 0 2 0 -10 0 -4 0 0 0 3 0 9 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -9 0 -13 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P E E E E E E E E E P P P P P Voice Name 23 23 55 57 57 55 56 56 54 2 2 44 44 49 49 42 42 42 41 41 53 35 7 6 7 6 8 18 18 22 22 22 21 19 21 21 19 21 66 66 61 62 61 62 60 62 62 60 62 60 63 63 69 69 68 68 67 67 86 86 86 82 82 82 115 115 83 81 81 65 85 86 P CongC7 P CongC7 P TablaM P TablaO P TablaO P TablaM P TablaN P TablaN P TablaH P AgogH1 P AgogH1 P Marcs P Marcs P Shake1 P Shake1 P Log L P Log L P Log L P Log H P Log H P Surdo P EthWB P BongHi P BongMu P BongHi P BongMu P BongLo P CongaC P CongaC P CongaS P CongaS P CongaS P CongaO P CongaH P CongaO P CongaO P CongaH P CongaO P CongaG P CongaG P TimbL P Timb P TimbL P Timb P TimbH P Timb P Timb P TimbH P Timb P TimbH P TimCas P TimCas P Udo L P Udo L P Udo H P Udo H P Udo F P Udo F TungDrum TungDrum TungDrum TineDrum TineDrum TineDrum DIGERDO DIGERDO MetalDip P WCHim P WCHim P Triang JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse -13 -8 -2 1 4 -2 3 0 0 -13 -8 -11 -19 -8 -12 -20 -11 -8 -8 -1 -9 0 5 0 -3 -4 -1 3 0 1 -1 -4 2 2 -1 -6 0 -11 5 -2 -11 -12 -8 -9 -8 -3 0 -4 5 0 -2 0 -3 0 0 6 -3 1 -5 2 9 -8 -4 2 -8 -3 -6 -3 -17 -11 -8 -24 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 159 .HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.

1:Semi(2). 2:Mono. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.Appendix 56 GM std 1 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 2:stack MN.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 33 53 67 68 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 16 46 5 31 4 3 48 16 14 17 49 78 50 90 51 67 52 53 38 54 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt SnareM S STK_HT BD GML OpnRim BD GMM BD GMH S SStck2 SnareM P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsMu DRY GM2 H PdlMu DRY GM3 H OPMu DRY GM4 DRY GM5 C Crash DRY GM6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 9 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 -1 0 2 20 0 0 2 0 0 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 81 10 26 46 62 34 6 1 48 14 14 17 49 78 50 88 51 67 52 53 38 54 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnRoll2✽ P Castnt Tosh Sn S STK_HT 2HedMed2 OpnRimC BD GMM2 BD DRY 1 S SStck2 Wood Sn P ClapA SnareH DRY GM1 H ClsMu DRY GM2 H Pdl13 DRY GM3 H OPMu DRY GM4 DRY GM5 C Crash DRY GM6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 -29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 4 -4 0 0 4 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 -2 0 -1 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. 3:alter MN. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 33 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 57 GM std 2 PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 1:alter. 3:Hi Mono 160 Key off 0:disable. 1:enable .

Appendix 58 GM room PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 16 46 5 31 4 16 48 14 14 17 55 78 56 90 57 67 58 59 38 60 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt SnareM S STK_HT BD GML OpnRim BD GMM BD KONG1 S SStck2 Wood Sn P ClapA SnareH Room 1 H ClsMu Room 2 H PdlMu Room 3 H OPMu Room 4 Room 5 C Crash Room 6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -27 40 0 0 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 -2 0 -1 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Voice Name P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 73 46 30 31 16 28 48 110 14 15 61 78 62 91 63 60 64 65 38 66 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 27 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt RockM S STK_HT BD GATE2 OpnRim BD KONG1 BD Metal S SStck2 BeatyRim P ClapA 12Soprno Rock 1 H ClsMu Rock 2 H PdlDW Rock 3 H OpnL3 Rock 4 Rock 5 C Crash Rock 6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlRck P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 2 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 -2 0 -1 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 161 .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 59 GM rock PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.

HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 1:alter. 1:enable . 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 18 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 61 GM anal.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 38 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 54 78 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S C S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 49 80 40 157 46 3 144 31 32 48 74 14 72 67 77 68 88 69 56 70 71 38 72 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 30 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 47 47 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL ReverseC SnrRoll✽ P HiQ BigWood S STK_HT BD GMH SlapyRim BD GATE3 BD GateM S SStck2 RockL P ClapA RockH E Tom1 H ClsNB2 E Tom2 H Pdl13 E Tom3 H OpnL1 E Tom4 E Tom5 C Crash E Tom6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS RideRock P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P Scrach P Scrach P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 9 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 -1 0 2 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S C S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 49 80 40 74 46 19 31 45 46 65 66 14 67 73 84 74 85 75 71 76 77 45 78 28 42 31 93 43 30 40 70 25 7 8 25 26 26 60 61 3 3 82 91 83 84 39 38 15 71 71 47 47 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL ReverseC SnrRoll✽ P HiQ RockL S STK_HT BD NN04C OpnRim BDAnlg L BDAnlg H AnSStick AnalogH1 P ClapA AnalogL1 AnlgTom1 H ClsA1 AnlgTom2 H ClsA2 AnlgTom3 H OpnAMu AnlgTom4 AnlgTom5 AngCym AnlgTom6 RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowBAn CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P Cong8H P Cong8L P Cong8L P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa AnMaracs SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P ClvsA P WBloc P WBloc P Scrach P Scrach P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 32 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -1 0 0 -2 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 -2 0 -1 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 -5 -8 1 -4 0 1 2 2 9 0 2 0 -6 1 -4 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack. PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 3:Hi Mono 162 Key off 0:disable.Appendix 60 GM elec. PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 3:alter MN. 1:Semi(2).HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 2:stack MN. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 2:Mono.

Appendix 62 GM jazz PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 28 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 26 84 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 39 31 25 38 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 16 46 5 31 4 10 48 16 14 17 16 78 16 90 15 67 14 13 38 13 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt SnareM S STK_HT BD GML OpnRim BD GMM BD GMJ S SStck2 SnareM P ClapA SnareH Jazz Flr H ClsMu Jazz Flr H PdlMu Jazz Lo H OPMu Jazz Mid Jazz Hi C Crash Jazz Hi RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre Pitch fine Corse 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 0 4 0 -2 0 3 0 9 -20 1 -19 1 38 11 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 4 12 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 -2 10 0 0 -1 0 2 20 0 0 2 0 0 36 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -30 -3 0 -5 0 -8 40 1 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 9 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 -6 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S S S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 97 46 5 31 4 15 48 97 88 95 20 78 20 90 19 67 18 17 38 17 28 42 31 93 43 27 40 70 25 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt BrshSlpL S STK_HT BD GML OpnRim BD GMM BD Soft S SStck2 BrshSlpL S Brsh H BrshTap2 BrshJzFl H ClsMu BrshJzFl H PdlMu BrshJzLo H OPMu BrshJzMd BrshJzHi C Crash BrshJzHi RideLite China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 CrashB P VibrS SizzlLit P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -7 0 -2 0 -2 0 -2 -2 2 3 0 -2 0 -1 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 163 .Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 36 53 53 56 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 56 32 52 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 63 GM brush PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H.

! RP Rhino RP Judge RP Earth RP Troll RP SeeYa RP Mouth RP Party RP GetUp RP Rozza RP Faces RP Start RP Candy RP RkBgy LA Batuc LA Brasl LA Cha 1 LA Cha 2 LA Cha 3 LA Parsa LA Mmbo1 LA Mmbo2 LA Meren LA Mozam LA Smba1 LA Soca LA Songo LA Cmbia LA Rmba1 LA Ska LA Tejan LA Salsa LA Smba2 LA Bossa LA TinRk LA Rmba2 LA Tango DA Club DA House DA Wintr DA Jazzy DA AcidJ DA Dark? DA JackS DA Mage! DA ABCDE DA Disco DA Train DA Coast Tempo 92 105 78 106 120 100 111 180 150 134 154 120 110 128 120 148 152 120 115 120 125 135 150 105 112 140 125 98 120 108 100 110 170 130 185 120 120 132 116 132 140 130 115 115 102 92 112 120 120 120 106 120 Drum Voice (ch10) Note Number 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 P P P P P P P P P P P P S S S S S P S S K S K K S S P S T C T C T C T T C T C C C P C P C P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Voice Name 52 53 40 72 47 47 37 36 46 45 71 71 95 92 97 93 80 10 16 46 8 31 49 50 48 26 14 21 12 78 12 90 11 67 10 9 51 9 55 42 31 93 43 27 53 70 52 7 8 20 11 11 60 61 3 3 82 94 83 84 39 38 16 71 71 31 32 64 65 49 85 86 P SurdoM P Surdo P HiQ P WHP P Scrach P Scrach P FSnap2 P FSnap1 P Mtron P MtBel P WBloc P WBloc BrshTap2 BrSwL✽ BrshSlpL BrSwH✽ SnrRoll✽ P Castnt SnareM S STK_HT BD DRYB1 OpnRim GrnCassa GrCMute S SStck2 Tosh Sn P ClapA MrcSnrH Lite Flr H ClsMu Lite Flr H PdlMu Lite Lo H OPMu Lite Mid Lite Hi HCymOpnL Lite Hi HCym2 China RidB Lit Tambourn C Splsh1 P CowB1 HCymOpnM P VibrS HCymClsL P BongHi P BongLo P CongaM P Conga P Conga P TimbH P TimbL P AgogH2 P AgogH2 Cabasa Maracas SWhistH✽ SWhistL✽ P GuiSht P Guiro P Clvs P WBloc P WBloc P CuicaH P CuicaL P TriMut P Triang P Shake1 JingBell Bell Tre fine 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 -20 -19 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 20 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 -30 0 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pitch Corse 0 2 2 4 4 -2 3 9 1 1 11 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 4 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 -2 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 -3 -5 -8 1 -4 0 0 2 2 9 0 -2 0 -6 0 -1 0 0 0 2 4 Alt Grp 3 3 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 Key Off 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Key mode 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Key-on Mode 0:stack.Y. 2:Mono. 1:alter.Appendix 64 GM class PAD ASSIGNMENT Trigger Input PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 PAD4 PAD5 PAD6 PAD7 PAD8 PAD9 PAD10 PAD11 PAD12 SNARE TOM1 TOM2 TOM3 TOM4 RIDE CRASH H. 4:hold Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice. 3:alter MN.Hat) 0 0 0 0 1st 31 48 47 45 43 59 49 46 35 53 76 77 2nd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 0 Note Number (0: off) 3rd 4th 5th 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 44 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RIM 34 37 54 52 58 53 55 46 0 0 0 0 MUTE 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 0 0 0 0 0 Preset Style List y Style No. 3:Hi Mono 164 Key off 0:disable. voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10 Key mode 0:Poly. 1:Semi(2). 2:stack MN. Category 1 Rock & Pop 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Latin 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Dance 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Style name RP Hop RP FunkS RP Dirge RP N.HAT KICK Key-on Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (H. 1:enable .

Appendix

Preset Song List
Style No. 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Category Ballad Style name BA Llade BA Group BA LovIt BA Grand BA Magma BA Venus BA Human BA RioDJ BA Witby BA RWalz BA EWalz HR Speed HR Drive HR HurtN HR Piles HR BoogE HR Help! RR Crock RR Billy RR Gravy RR Jngle RR BgWgy RB Good! RB Going RB Funky RB Brass RB NFunk RB JFunk RB CFS01 RB Blues RB SBlus RB South RB Free! JA Elope JA Afro JA Trio JA Dook! JA Bebop JA Dixie JA Zzz.. JA Vince JA WFuse JA EFuse RE Cycle RE Tired RE Gular WO Ghan1 WO Ghan2 WO HiLif WO India WO Ju-Ju WO Sowet WO Zydco WO NuOrl WO Grass WO Polka WO Mrch WO Waltz Tempo 76 108 100 90 110 64 72 90 67 106 90 235 148 70 132 200 90 162 125 128 107 165 142 100 100 100 96 120 122 94 67 60 128 120 100 200 214 140 112 102 180 106 123 144 94 107 155 150 130 120 120 106 195 93 120 126 126 180

Hard Rock

Rock & Roll

Rhythm & Blues

Jazz

Reggae

World

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Name CityDogs Vee Bop NYC BOYZ Whirled FeelNite Straight HR 01 HR 02 HR 03 HR 04 HR 05 BA 01 BA 02 BA 03 BA 04 BA 05 BA 06 BA 07 RP 01 RP 02 RP 03 RP 04 RP 05 RP 06 RP 07 RP 08 RP 09 DA 01 DA 02 DA 03 DA 04 DA 05 DA 06 DA 07 DA 08 LA 01 LA 02 LA 03 LA 04 LA 05 LA 06 LA 07 LA 08 LA 09 LA 10 LA 11 LA 12 LA 13 LA 14 RB 01

Repeat Play

Recorded Track Linear Track (TR1,TR2)

Pattern (Rhythm, Bass, Chord)

No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

Name RB 02 RB 03 RB 04 RB 05 RB 06 RB 07 RB 08 RB 09 RB 10 RR 01 RR 02 JA 01 JA 02 JA 03 JA 04 JA 05 JA 06 JA 07 JA 08 JA 09 RE 01 RE 02 WO 01 WO 02 WO 03 WO 04 WO 05 WO 06 WO 07 WO 08 8 Beat Shuffle1 Funk 1 Funk 2 Funk 3 Funk 4 Funk 5 Funk 6 Ballad 1 Ballad 2 Samba FU Fusion 1 Fusion 2 Shuffle2 Shuffle3 SlowRock Jazz 1 Jazz 2 Jazz 3 Jazz 4

Repeat Play

Recorded Track Pattern (Rhythm, Bass, Chord)

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Linear Track (TR1,TR2)

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

165

166
Appendix

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)

Drum Kit Name:
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

INPUT PAD Type PAD Gain Level Range Velocity Range Velocity Curve Self Rejection Rejection Spec. Rejection 1st Note Voice Gate Time MIDI 2nd Note Voice MIDI 3rd Note Voice MIDI 4th Note Voice MIDI 5th Note Voice MIDI RIM Note Voice MIDI MUTE Note Voice MIDI Key-on Mode Vel. X-Fade RIM Mode RIM Velocity PAD Function FC Function FC MIDI FC Sensitivity HiHat Control

1

FS Function FS MIDI FS HiHat Cls.

Appendix

Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)
Drum Kit Name:
Note No. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Root Note
Reverb Return Reverb Type Reverb Time Send Prog. Change Send Bank Select Send Volume Send Pan Send Cntrl Change

Voice No. Name

Volume

Pan

Pitch C F

Reverb Send

Modify

Filter

Decay

Key Mode

Alternate Group

Key off

Out Port

167

127 0 . 1.16 1 .127 〇 v = 1 . MONO Mode 4: OMNI OFF.127 〇 × × × 〇 〇 × 〇 ( 123 . 91 100. 101 120 121 1 .127 ******* 〇 〇 0 . Basic Channel Mode Default Changed Default Messages Altered Date: 9-Jan-1996 Version: 1. 11. assignable 168 Mode 1: OMNI ON. POLY Mode 2: OMNI ON. 7 10. 10 1 . 73 74. POLY Mode 3: OMNI OFF.0 Remarks memorized Transmitted 5. 7.. v = 0 × 〇 (*1) 〇 (*1) Recognized 1 .119 All sound off Reset All Controllers 〇 (*1) Program Change System Exclusive System Common : True number 〇 0 . 84.127 × 9nH. 72. MONO 〇 : Yes × : No ..16 3 3 × 0 .127 × × × 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 Note Number Velocity : True voice Note on Note off Key's Ch's After Touch Pitch Bender 7 bit resolution Control Change 0.127 〇 9nH.16 × × ******* 0 . 6.127 0 . 64 71.127 ) 〇 × : Song Position : Song Select : Tune : Clock : Commands : Local On/Off : All Notes Off : Active Sense : Reset × × × 〇 〇 × × 〇 × System Real Time Aux Messages Notes : (*1) . 6. v = 1 .Appendix YAMAHA [ Drum Trigger Module ] Model : DTX MIDI ImplementationChart Function.

C. Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2445 . Hamamatsu.A.A. Tilbrook. Tower 1. Bangkok 10320 THAILAND Tel: 2-641-2951 OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Europa GmbH. Argentina Tel: 54-1-371-7021 NORWAY Narud Yamaha AS Østemdalen 29. Tel: 02-709-1266 OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES AND CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES YAMAHA DE PANAMA S. International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030 EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.R.C. Pour plus de détails sur les produits. Puyat Avenue.) Ltd. Section 1. Dindaeng. Yamaha Corporation of America. 3205. Iceland Tel: 525 5000 THAILAND SIAM MUSIC YAMAHA CO. Siemensstraße 22-34.BOX. NEW ZEALAND 146/148 Captain Springs Rd. D-2084 Rellingen.O. Bhd.. Seoul Korea Tel: 02-466-0021-5 GREECE Philippe Nakas S.. 400 43 Göteborg... Madrid. Denmark Tel: 31-87 30 88 PHILIPPINES Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314 IRELAND Danfay Ltd. Band and Orchestral Division 3445 East Paris Avenue. Philippines Tel: 819-7551 BRASIL Yamaha Musical Do Brasil LTDA. Siemensstraße 22-34. 20020 Lainate (Milano). Athens. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor) PT. SF-00101 Helsinki.O.. Jalan Jend. A-1100 Wien Austria Tel: 0222-60203900 OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Corporation. De C. Taipei 106. Norway Tel: 67 14 47 90 TAIWAN Kung Hsue She Trading Co.F.Z.P. DK-2000 Frederiksberg. Sherbourne Drive. U. P. Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Corporation.A. D-2084 Rellingen. Ave. South Melbourne. Spain Tel: 91-577-7270 INDONESIA PT. International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1. Vic. Viamonte 1145 Piso 2-B Buenos Aires. Brasil Tel: 55-11 853-1377 FINLAND Fazer Music Inc. Apartad Postal 8448 Zona 7 PANAMA R. Dun Laoghaire. 1188-164-125656 Tel: 507-69-5311 ICELAND Skifan H. Auckland Tel: 9-634-0099 ASIA FRANCE Yamaha Musique France. 09300 Mexico. JALAN PERBANDARAN SS6 47301 PETALING JAYA SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN MALAYSIA Tel: 3-703-0900 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO Yamaha De Mexico S. Box 885 MCPO.K.A. 17-33 Market Street. Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314 ITALY Yamaha Musica Italia S. Departamento de ventas Javier Rojo Gomez No. D.) LTD. P. Hamamatsu. Col. No. 1345 Østerås. 4. Taiwan. contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo. Hamamatsu. M149512-0899.S. Makati. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030 AUSTRIA/HUNGARY/SLOVENIA/ ROMANIA/BULGARIA Yamaha Music Austria Ges m b H.A. Silvercord. Ontario. Schleiergasse 20. Ltd. Combo Division Viale Italia 88. Reboucas 2636. NEW P.R. International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1. RS TOWER 17TH FL. Road. F.O. 135 Milner Avenue. Finland Tel: 0435 011 SINGAPORE Yamaha Music (Asia) Pte. 11th Floor. Gatot Subroto Kav.O. Hamamatsu. M1S 3R1. Japan 430 Tel: 053-460-2314 NEW ZEALAND MUSIC HOUSES OF (N. 322. Greece Tel: 01-364-7111 MALAYSIA Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn. LOT 8. veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante. Hong Kong Tel: 730-1098 COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN Yamaha Corporation. MK7 8BL.A. Gpe Del Moral. please contact your nearest Yamaha or the authorized distributor listed below. A. A. NORTH AMERICA CANADA Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. Canada Tel: 416-298-1311 SPAIN Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical. 28001. Aleksanterinkatu 11. Para detalles sobre productos. Milton Keynes. Hamamatsu. Portugal Tel: 01-443-3398/4030/1823 U. Iztapalapa. Navarinou Street 13. France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 OCEANIA AUSTRALIA Yamaha Music Australia Pty. F. Fu Hsing S. Indonesia Tel: 21-520-2577 PORTUGAL Valentim de Carvalho CI SA Estrada de Porto Salvo. Jorge Juan 30. France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co. Paço de Arcos 2780 Oeiras. Sallynoggin Road. Metro Manila. 6246 WELLESLEY ST.. England Tel: 0908-366700 AFRICA Yamaha Corporation. Skifunni 17 Reykjavik. Box 899 Grand Raplds. International Marketing Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1. A.U. São Paulo.. Sweden Tel: 031-496090 DENMARK YS Copenhagen Liaison Office Finsensvej 86. Ltd. 80 Tannery Lane Singapore 1334 Singapore Tel: 747-4374 ARGENTINA YAMAHA MUSIC ARGENTINA S. Tsimshatsui. Jakarta 12930. Scarborough. S. 121/60-61 Rachadaphisek Rd. Tel: 616-940-4900 KOREA Cosmos Corporation #131-31. SE P.V. Division Instruments Electroniques et de Scène BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2. Italy Tel: 02-935-771 HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation Nakazawa-cho 10-1.S. Co. Dublin Tel: 01-2859177 MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS Yamaha Musique France. Tel: 686-00-33 SWEDEN Yamaha Scandinavia AB J. R.F. LTD. Australia Tel: 3-699-2388 GERMANY/SWITZERLAND Yamaha Europa GmbH. 61D. 30 Canton Road. Ltd. Kowloon. Neung-Dong. Division Export BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2. Wettergrens Gata 1 Box 30053.For details of products. Sung Dong-ku. Deleg. NO.1149.Code 10680. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center. Ltd. Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful